elioperdreau/libreoffice-translations-weblate
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
Files
ffe364726be8d78394cc5080d928b354e65febfb
libreoffice-translations-we…/source/nn/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po
Christian Lohmaier ffe364726b another update of translations for 5.4.0 beta1 
force-fixed using pocheck

Change-Id: I9e116bae500ed37d06b66397f2d815fb2e5dd22b
2017-05-18 12:26:02 +02:00

17154 lines
715 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters
This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.
This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.
#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-18 00:24+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-12 13:32+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Kolbjørn Stuestøl <kolbjoern@stuestoel.no>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: nn\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1489325553.000000\n"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr "Plassera objekt"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekt;forankringsval</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>plassering;objekt (hjelpelinje)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forankring;val</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer;forankringsval</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bilete;forankringsval</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>midtstilling;bilete på nettsider</bookmark_value>"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Plassera objekt</link></variable>"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3147251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr "Du kan bruka forankringar for å plassera objekt, bilete og rammer i eit dokument. Eit forankra element vert verande der det er og vert berre flytt når du gjer endringar i dokumentet. Desse forankringsvala er tilgjengelege:"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145599\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr "Forankring"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145622\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "Effekt"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145650\n"
"help.text"
msgid "As character"
msgstr "Som teikn"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151181\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet som eit teikn i den gjeldande teksten. Dersom høgda på det valde elementet er større enn gjeldande skriftstorleik, vert høgda på linja som inneheld elementet auka."
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_idN10674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr "For å midtstilla eit bilete på ei nettside, set inn biletet, forankra det «som teikn», og midtstill deretter avsnittet."
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To character"
msgstr "Til teikn"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til eit teikn."
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155071\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr "Til avsnitt"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155094\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til det gjeldande avsnittet."
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155122\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To page"
msgstr "Til side"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155144\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til den gjeldande sida."
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To frame"
msgstr "Til ramme"
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr "Forankrar det valde elementet til den omsluttande ramma."
#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145715\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu."
msgstr "Når du set inn eit objekt, bilete eller ei ramme, dukkar det opp eit forankringsikon der objektet er forankra. Du kan flytta eit forankra element ved å dra det til ein annan stad. For å endra forankringsvalet til eit objekt, høgreklikk på det og vel deretter eit av alternativa frå undermenyen <item type=\"menuitem\">Forankring</item>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr "Omorganisera eit dokument ved å bruka «Dokumentstruktur»"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>overskrifter;omorganisering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>omorganisera overskrifter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flytta;overskrifter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flytta overskriftsnivå ned</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flytta overskriftsnivå opp</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dokumentstruktur;overskriftsnivå og kapittel</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>oppstilling;overskrifter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disposisjon;organisera kapittel</bookmark_value>"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Organisera kapittel med «Dokumentstruktur»</link></variable>"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list."
msgstr "Du kan flytta overskrifter og underordna tekst oppover og nedover i eit dokument ved å bruka verktøyet «Dokumentstruktur». Du kan også endra nivå på overskriftene. For å bruka dette verktøyet, formater overskriftene i dokumentet med ei av dei førehandsinnstilte avsnittsoverskriftene. For å bruka ein sjølvvald avsnittsstil på ei overskrift, vel <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph>, vel stilen i boksen <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph> og dobbeltklikk på eit tal i <emph>nivålista</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "For å flytta skrivemerket til ei overskrift i dokumentet, dobbeltklikk på overskrifta i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155461\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame while holding the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key."
msgstr "For å festa <emph>dokumentstruktur</emph>-vindauget, dra tittellinja på det til enden av arbeidsområdet. Dobbeltklikk på ramma medan du held nede tasten <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> for å losna <emph>dokumentstruktur</emph>-vindauget att."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr "Flytta ei overskrift opp og ned i dokumentet"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id0915200809400790\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
msgstr "Sjå til at alle overskriftsnivå er viste i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>. Som standard er alle nivå viste. Sjå stega under for å endra på kva overskriftsnivå som skal visast."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <emph> Datastruktur</emph> <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Ikon</alt></image> på <emph>standardverktøylinja</emph> for å opna <emph>Datastruktur</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/res/sc20244.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155089\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "Dra ei overskrift til ei ny plassering i <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155139\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> <image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/res/sc20174.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/res/sc20171.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons."
msgstr "For å flytta berre overskrifta og ikkje teksten som ligg under ho, hald nede tasten <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> medan du flyttar overskrifta ved å dra eller ved å trykkja på knappen <emph>Flytt kapittel opp</emph> eller <emph>Flytt kapittel ned</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr "Flytta nivået på ei overskrift opp og ned"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155424\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list."
msgstr "Vel overskrifta i <emph>dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/res/sc20172.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/res/sc20173.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr ""
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr "Endra talet på overskriftsnivå som vert viste"
#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151352\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/res/sc20236.png\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
msgstr ""
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr "Laga nummererte lister og punktlister medan du skriv"
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; lister, ved skriving</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>punktlister;laga under skriving</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lister;automatisk nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tal;lister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatisk nummerering; automatisk rettefunksjon</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatiske punkt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>avsnitt; automatisk nummerering</bookmark_value>"
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Laga nummererte lister og punktlister medan du skriv</link></variable>"
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr "$[officename] kan laga nummererte lister og punktlister automatisk medan du skriv."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr "Slå på automatisk nummerering og punktliste"
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152830\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Innstillingar for autoretting</item>, trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Val</item> og merk av for «Punktlister og nummererte lister»."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Autoretting</emph> og sjå etter at <emph>Ved skriving</emph> er vald."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id2357860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
msgstr "Valet om automatisk nummerering gjeld berre for avsnitt som er formaterte med avsnittsstilane «Standard», «Brødtekst» eller «Innrykka brødtekst»."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr "Laga ei nummer- eller punktliste medan du skriv"
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr "Skriv 1., i., eller I. for å byrja ei nummerert liste. Skriv * eller – for å byrja ei punktliste. Du kan også skriva ein sluttparentes etter talet i staden for eit punktum, for eksempel 1) eller i)."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr "Lag eit mellomrom, skriv inn teksten og trykk deretter på Enter. Det neste talet eller punktet kjem då opp automatisk i det nye avsnittet."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147814\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr "Trykk på Enter éin gong til for å avslutta lista."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147287\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr "Du kan starta ei nummerliste med kva tal som helst."
#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</link>"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect"
msgstr "Slå av autoretting"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>slå av autoretting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst;slå av autoretting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstavar;byta til små bokstavar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstavar;byta til små bokstavar etter punktum</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hermeteikn;endra automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;automatisk erstatting av/på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer;automatisk teikning på/av</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>understreking;rask</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kantlinjer;automatisk teikning av/på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatiske endringar på/av</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endringar;automatiske</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Autoretting;slå av</bookmark_value>"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Slå av autoretting</link></variable>"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type."
msgstr "Som standard rettar $[officename] automatisk mange vanlege skrivefeil og endrar formatering medan du skriv."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
msgstr "For å fjerna ei automatisk retting eller fullføring snøgt, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN10846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga i menyen <emph>Format → Autoretting → Ved skriving</emph> for å slå av dei fleste automatiske rettingane."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "Slik fjernar du eit ord frå autorettingslista"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Innstillingar for autoretting</item>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
msgstr "Vel ordparet du vil fjerna i <emph>autorettingslista</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Slett</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
msgstr "For å stoppa utskiftinga av sitatteikn:"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151196\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Innstillingar for autoretting</item>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
msgstr "Avmarker avkryssingsboksen (-boksane) «Byt ut»."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155076\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
msgstr "For å stoppa bruk av stor bokstav først i setning"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar for autoretting</item>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155148\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
msgstr "Avmarker avkryssingsboksen «Stor bokstav først i alle setningar»."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155401\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
msgstr "For ikkje å gjera om til ei linje når du skriv tre like teikn"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr "$[officename] teiknar automatisk ei linje når du skriv éitt av desse teikna tre gongar og trykkjer på Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155439\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Innstillingar for autoretting</item>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155463\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155488\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
msgstr "Avmarker avkryssingsboksen «Bruk kantlinjer»."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr "Automatisk stavekontroll"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stavekontroll;automatisk stavekontroll av/på</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatisk stavekontroll</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kontroller staving;ved skriving</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ord;kopla ut stavekontrollen</bookmark_value>"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatisk stavekontroll</link></variable>"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3154664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk kontrollera staving medan du skriv og streka under ord som kan vera feilstava med ein raud krøllstrek."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
msgstr "For å kontrollera stavinga automatisk medan du skriv"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155531\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Automatisk stavekontroll</emph>."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155569\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på eit ord som er understreka med ein raud krøllstrek, og vel deretter eit av erstatningsorda som er føreslått i lista eller i undermenyen <emph>Autoretting</emph>."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr "Du kan også leggja til det understreka ordet i den lokale ordlista ved å velja <emph>Legg til</emph>."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
msgstr "Slik ekskluderer du ord frå stavekontrollen"
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr "Vel orda du vil fjerna."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr "Trykk på språknamnet på statuslinja for å opna ein meny."
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose \"None (Do not check spelling)\"."
msgstr ""
#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Laga ei ny ordliste</link>"
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "Leggja til unntak i lista over autorettingar"
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152887\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>autoretting; leggja til unntak</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unntak; autoretting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forkortingar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>store bokstavar;unngå etter visse forkortingar</bookmark_value>"
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152887\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Leggja til unntak i lista over autorettingar</link></variable>"
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3154254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters."
msgstr "Du kan hindra autorettinga i å retta visse forkortingar eller ord som inneheld store og små bokstavar."
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3155576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Innstillingar for autoretting</item> og trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Unntak</item>."
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147762\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147786\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Skriv inn forkortinga med punktum etter i boksen <emph>Forkortingar (ikkje stor bokstav etter punktum)</emph> og trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>."
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Skriv inn ordet i boksen <emph>Ord som byrjar med TO STore BOkstavar</emph> og trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>."
#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3144875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
msgstr "For å fjerna ei automatisk retting eller fullføring snøgt, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. Du legg då også ordet eller forkortinga du skreiv til i lista over autorettingar."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr "Bruka autotekst"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155521\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>autotekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nettverk og autotekst-mapper</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lister;autotekst-snarvegar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>utskrift;autotekst-snarvegar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>setja inn;tekstblokker</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstblokker</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blokker med tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155521\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Bruka autotekst</link></variable>"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr "I $[officename] Writer kan du lagra tekst – som også kan innehalda bilete, tabellar, og felt – som autotekst, slik at du snøgt kan setja inn denne teksten seinare. Du kan også lagra formatert tekst dersom du ønskjer det."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155539\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ei autotekstoppføring"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155560\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr "Vel tekst, tekst med bilete, tabell eller felt du vil lagra som ei autotekst-oppføring. Eit bilete kan berre lagrast dersom det er forankra som eit teikn og har minst éitt teikn før og etter seg."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155581\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoText</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autotekst</item>."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147761\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr "Vel kva kategori du vil lagra autoteksten i."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn med meir enn fire teikn. Dette tillet deg å bruka autotekstvalet <emph>Vis resten av namnet som eit forslag når du skriv</emph>. Viss du vil, kan du endra den føreslåtte snarvegen."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147807\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Autotekst</emph>, og vel deretter <emph>Ny</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_idN10732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ei autotekstoppføring"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145597\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn ei autotekstoppføring."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Verktøy → Autotekst</emph></link>"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "Merk autoteksten du vil setja inn og trykk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item>."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry."
msgstr "Du kan også skriva inn snarvegen til ei autotekstoppføring og deretter trykkja F3 eller på pila ved sida av symbolet <item type=\"menuitem\">Autotekst</item> på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> og velja ei autotekstoppføring."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155090\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3."
msgstr "For å raskt skriva inn ein formel i %PRODUCTNAME Math, skriv <item type=\"literal\">Fn</item> og trykk på F3. Viss du set inn meir enn éin formel, vert formlane nummererte fortløpande. For å setja inn ein eksempeltekst, skriv du <item type=\"literal\">dt</item> og trykkjer på F3."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr "Skriva ut ei liste over autotekstoppføringar"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Makroar → Organiser makroar → %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155160\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText."
msgstr "Vel %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText i trevisinga i <emph>Modular</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151277\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr "Vel «Main» i lista <emph>Eksisterande makroar i: AutoText</emph> og klikk på <emph>Køyr</emph>. Ei liste over gjeldande autotekstoppføringar vert nå generert i eit separat tekstdokument."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151304\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151327\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr "Bruka autotekst i nettverksinstallasjonar"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151355\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr "Du kan lagra autotekstoppføringar i ulike mapper på eit nettverk."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr "For eksempel kan du lagra «skriveverna» autotekstoppføringar for føretaket ditt på ein sentral tenar og sjølvlaga autotekstoppføringar i ei lokal mappe."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr "Stiane til autotekstmappene kan endrast i oppsettet."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
msgstr "To mapper er lista opp her. Den første oppføringa er på tenarinstallasjonen, og den andre oppføringa er i brukarmappa. Dersom mappene har ei autotekstoppføring med same namn, vert oppføringa frå brukarmappa brukt."
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154995\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Tools - AutoText</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Verktøy → Autotekst</link>"
#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155012\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Fullføring av ord</link>"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr "Velja bakgrunnsfargar eller bakgrunnsbilete"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bakgrunnar;tekstobjekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;bakgrunnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;bakgrunnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst;bakgrunnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; bakgrunnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler; bakgrunnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bakgrunnar;velja</bookmark_value>"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Angje bakgrunnsfargar eller bakgrunnsbilete</link> </variable>"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id7355265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr "Du kan velja ein bakgrunnsfarge eller bruka bilete som bakgrunn på ulike objekt i $[officename] Writer."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr "For å bruka ein bakgrunnsfarge på tekstteikn"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150669\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr "Merk teikna."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3155390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Teikn</emph>."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3153665\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Bakgrunn</emph> og vel bakgrunnsfargen."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr "For å bruka ein bakgrunn på eit avsnitt"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3145119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i avsnittet eller merk fleire avsnitt."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3158430\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Avsnitt</emph>."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Bakgrunn</emph> og vel ein bakgrunnsfarge eller eit bakgrunnsbilete."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id0104201010554939\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
msgstr "For å velja eit objekt som skal liggja i bakgrunnen, hald nede tasten <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> og klikk på objektet. Du kan også bruka menyvalet «dokumentstruktur» for å velja objekt."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
msgstr "For å leggja til ein bakgrunn på heile eller delar av ein teksttabell"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i tabellen i tekstdokumentet."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3148664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Eigenskapar</emph>."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Bakgrunn</emph> og vel ein bakgrunnsfarge eller eit bakgrunnsbilete."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
msgstr "I boksen <emph>For</emph> vel du om fargen eller biletet skal brukast på den gjeldande cella, den gjeldande rada eller på heile tabellen. Dersom du markerar fleire celler eller rader før du opnar dette dialogvindauget, vert endringa brukt på det markerte området."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
msgstr "Du kan også bruka ein knapp for å leggja til ein bakgrunn til delar av ein tabell."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150767\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "For å leggja til ein bakgrunnsfarge på celler, marker dei aktuelle cellene og klikk på den ønskte fargen i <emph>Bakgrunnsfarge</emph> på verktøylinja."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3147084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
msgstr "For å leggja til ein bakgrunnsfarge til eit tekstavsnitt inne i ei celle, set markøren på tekstavsnittet og klikk på den ønskte fargen i <item type=\"menuitem\">Bakgrunnsfarge</item> på verktøylinja."
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_idN10A56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlight Color icon</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Ikonet for utheving</link>"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Fanesida <emph>Bakgrunn</emph></link>"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id4922025\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Vassmerke</link>"
#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id478530\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Bakgrunnar på sider som sidestilar</link>"
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Characters"
msgstr "Definera kantlinjer på teikn"
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>teikn;definera kantlinjer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kantlinjer; for teikn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; rundt teikn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definera;teiknkantlinjer</bookmark_value>"
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3116136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Definera kantlinjer rundt teikn</link> </variable>"
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3148413\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document."
msgstr "Dersom kanteigenskapane for to tilstøytande tekstområde er like, dvs. same stil, breidd, farge avstand og skugge, vert desse to områda sett på som delar av den same kantgruppa og vert difor viste med same kant i dokumentet."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3110503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ein førehandsvald kantstil"
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118661\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr "Marker tekstområdet som du vil leggja ein kant rundt."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Teikn → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110171\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "Vel ein av dei standard kantstilane i området <emph>Standard</emph>."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3151046\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vel ein linjestil, breidd og farge for den valde kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Desse vala vert brukte av alle kantlinjene som brukar den valde kantstilen."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3152172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vel avstanden mellom kantlinjene og det markerte teiknet i området <emph>Avstand til innhald</emph>. Du kan berre endra avstanden til kantar som har ei definert kantlinje."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruka endringane."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3142068\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "For å setja ein tilpassa kantstil"
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118613\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr "Marker teiknområdet som du vil leggja ei ramme rundt."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111663\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Teikn → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "I området <emph>Brukardefinert</emph> kan du velja kanten eller kantane som skal brukast i ein vanleg stil. Du kan slå ein kant av eller på ved å klikka på han i førehandsvisinga."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3119149\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vel ein linjestil, breidd og farge for den valde kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Desse innstillingane vert brukte av alle kantlinjene som brukar den valde kantstilen."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3116282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gjenta dei to siste punkta for kvar kantlinje."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vel avstanden mellom kantlinja og dei markerte teikna i området <emph>Avstand til innhaldet</emph>. Du kan berre endra avstanden til kantar som har ei definert kantlinje."
#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3141606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruka endringane."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects"
msgstr "Laga kantlinjer på objekt"
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekt; laga kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kantlinjer; på objekt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer; rundt objekt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>diagram;kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bilete;kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE-objekt;kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>laga;kantlinjer på objekt</bookmark_value>"
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Laga kantlinjer på objekt</link></variable>"
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3146797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
msgstr "I $[officename] Writer kan du laga kantlinjer rundt OLE-objekt, programtillegg, diagram, bilete og rammer. Namnet på menyen som skal brukast varierer etter kva type objekt du skal arbeida med."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ein førehandsvald kantstil"
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr "Vel objektet du vil laga kantlinje på."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window."
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <emph>Kantlinjer</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>OLE-objekt </emph> eller på verktøylinja <emph>Ramme</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget <emph>Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3159176\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr "Trykk på ein av dei førehandslaga kantlinjestilane. Dette erstattar den gjeldande kantlinjestilen på objektet med den valde stilen."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152474\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "Slik tilpassar du ein sjølvvald kantstil"
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3153896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr "Merk dei cellene i tabellen du vil endra."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3156344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → (objektnamn) → Kantlinjer</item>.<br/> Erstatt (objektnamn) med det eigentlege namnet for objekttypen du valde."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3148797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "I området <emph>Brukardefinert</emph> vel du kanten som skal brukast i vanleg vising. Klikk på ein kant i førehandsvisinga for å slå kantvalet av eller på."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3152933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vel ein linjestil og ein farge for den valde kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Desse innstillingane gjeld for alle kantlinjene som er med i den valde kantstilen."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3125865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gjenta dei to siste punkta for kvar kantlinje."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3150447\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area."
msgstr "Vel avstanden mellom kantlinjene og sideinnhaldet i området <emph>Avstand til innhald</emph>."
#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3154908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruka endringane."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr "Laga kantlinjer på sider"
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider;laga kantlinjer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kantlinjer; på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer; rundt sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>laga;kantlinjer på sider</bookmark_value>"
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Laga kantlinjer på objekt</link></variable>"
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
msgstr "I Writer kan du laga kantstilar for <emph>sidestilar</emph>, ikkje for individuelle sider. Alle endringar som er gjort på sidestilar vert brukte av alle sidene som bruker den same sidestilen. Merk at endringar i sidestilar ikkje kan angrast med «Angra» i $[officename]."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "For å setja inn ein førehandsdefinert kantstil"
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150771\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "Vel ei av standardkantlinjene i området <emph>Standard</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3154046\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vel ein linjestil, breidd og farge for den valde kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Desse innstillingane vert brukte på alle kantlinjene som er med i den valde kantstilen."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3152472\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vel avstanden mellom kantlinjene og sideinnhaldet i området <emph>Avstand til innhald</emph>. Du kan berre endra avstanden til kantar som har ei definert kantlinje."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruka endringane."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145068\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein brukardefinert kantstil"
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148663\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "I området <emph>Brukardefinert</emph> vel du kanten/kantane som skal brukast i vanleg vising. Klikk på ein kant i førehandsvisinga for å slå kantvalet av eller på."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3159149\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vel ein linjestil, breidd og farge for den valde kantstilen i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Desse innstillingane gjeld for alle kantlinjene som er med i den valde kantstilen."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gjenta dei to siste punkta for kvar kantlinje."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3151041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vel avstanden mellom kantlinjene og sideinnhaldet i området <emph>Avstand til innhaldet</emph>. Du kan berre endra avstanden til kantar det er definert ei kantlinje for."
#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3145606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>OK</emph> for å bruka endringane."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents"
msgstr "Sjølvvalde kantlinjer i tekstdokument"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"bm_id6737876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>kantlinjer;for teksttabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;kantlinjer i teksttabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>angje;kantlinjer på tabellar i Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer;rundt teksttabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellar;angje kantlinjer</bookmark_value>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3614917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">Sjølvvalde kantlinjer i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1069368\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr "Du kan bruka ulike typar kantlinjer på valde celler i ein Writer-tabell eller på heile tabellen. Andre objekt i tekstdokument kan også ha sjølvvalde kantlinjer. For eksempel kan du laga kantlinjer på sidestilar, rammer og på bilete eller diagram som er sette inn."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6527298\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr "Merk cella eller celleområdet i Writer-tabellen."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6129947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Eigenskapar</item>."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id8141117\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Kantlinjer</emph> i dialogvindauget."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6016418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr "Vel kantinnstillingane du ønskjer og trykk på OK."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5282448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
msgstr "Vala i <emph>Linjeoppstilling</emph> gjev deg høve til å velja fleire kantlinjestilar."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3547166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr "Celleutval"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1108432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr "Korleis området ser ut er avhengig av kva celler som er markert."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2422559\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Utval"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1053498\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr "Linjeoppsett-området"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1076998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
msgstr "Ei celle som er markert i ein tabell som er større enn éi celle eller skrivemerket er plassert i ein tabell utan at celler er valde."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4240241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">Kantlinje rundt ei celle</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id162053\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr "Tabell med éi celle, denne er vald"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5021820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">Kantlinje rundt ei markert celle</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3549607\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr "Cellene i ein kolonne er valde"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2544328\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">Kantlinje for markert kolonne</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1636402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr "Cellene i ei rad er valde"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7450483\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">Kantlinje for markert rad</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5741752\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr "Ein heil tabell med storleik 2×2 celler eller meir er markert"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id570085\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">kantlinje rundt markert blokk</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5044099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "Standardval"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id626544\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
msgstr "Trykk på eitt av <emph>standard</emph>-ikona for å setja eller nullstilla fleire rammer."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id292062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
msgstr "Dei tynne, grå linjene på bileta på ikona viser kva kantlinjer som vert fjerna."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1361735\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
msgstr "Dei mørke linjene på bileta på ikona viser kva kantlinjer som vert laga, med den valde linjestilen og -fargen."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id82399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr "Dei tjukke, grå linjene på bileta på ikona viser kva linjer som ikkje vert endra."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id7144993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Eksempel"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5528427\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Marker ei blokk på omkring 8ˣ8 celler og vel deretter <emph>Format → Celler → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4194158\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">standardikon for kantlinjer</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7253028\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet heilt til venstre for å fjerna alle linjer. Dette fjernar både ytre kantlinjer og alle indre linjer."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9441206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
msgstr "Trykk på det andre ikonet frå venstre for å laga ei ytre kantlinje og fjerna alle andre linjer."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7276833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet heilt til høgre for å laga ei ytre kantlinje. Dei indre linjene vert ikkje endra."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5273293\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr "No kan du halda fram for å sjå kva linjer dei andre ikona vil laga eller fjerna."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5110019\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr "Sjølvvalde innstillingar"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1820734\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states."
msgstr "Du kan trykkje i området <emph>Brukardefinert</emph> for å leggja til eller fjerna individuelle linjer. Førehandsvisinga viser tre ulike typar linjer. "
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7093111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
msgstr "Trykk fleire gongar på ein kant eller eit hjørne for å skifta mellom dei tre ulike formene."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3673818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line types"
msgstr "Linjetypar"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2593768\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Bilete"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2055421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Tyding"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9836115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line"
msgstr "Ei svart linje"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6485793\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">heiltrukke linje foör kantlinje</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1454512\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr "Ei svart linje lagar den tilsvarande linja på dei markerte cellene. Linja vert vist som ei stipla linje når du bruker linjestilen 0,05 pt. Doble linjer vert viste når du bruker ein dobbel linjestil."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4618671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr "Ei grå linje"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1239356\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">grå linje for kantlinje</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9474166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr "Ei grå linje vert vist når den tilsvarande linja på dei markerte cellene ikkje vert endra. Ingen linjer vert laga eller fjerna i slike tilfelle."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1545457\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line"
msgstr "Ei kvit linje"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1681875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">kvit linje for kantlinje</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2316660\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
msgstr "Ei kvit linje vert vist når den tilsvarande linja på dei markerte cellene vert fjerna."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5908688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Eksempel"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5118564\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Marker ei enkelt celle i ein Writer-tabell og vel deretter <emph>Tabell → Eigenskapar → Kantlinjer</emph>."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id244758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr "Vel ein tjukk linjestil."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7741325\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
msgstr "For å laga ei nedre kantlinje, trykk på den nedre kanten til ei tjukk linje vert vist."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id542313\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"media/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">tykk nedrekant</alt></image>"
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2210760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default."
msgstr "Alle celler i ein Writer-tabell har som standard minst ei venstre og nedre linje. Dei fleste cellene i ytterkanten av tabellen har fleire linjer enn dette som standard."
#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5400860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
msgstr "Alle linjer som vert viste i kvitt i førehandsvisinga vert fjerna frå cella."
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr "Rekning i tekstdokument"
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rekna ut; i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formlar; rekna ut i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>referansar;i Writer-tabellar</bookmark_value>"
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Rekning i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
msgstr "Du kan setja eit reknestykke direkte inn i eit tekstdokument eller ein teksttabell."
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn reknestykket, og deretter F2. Dersom du er i ei tabellcelle, tast eit er lik-teikn (=)."
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155547\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
msgstr "Skriv inn reknestykket du vil setja inn, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">«=10000/12»</item>, og trykk på Enter."
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155565\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr "Du kan også trykkja på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item> på <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinja</item> og deretter velja ein funksjon for formelen."
#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id8316904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr "For å referera til celler i ein teksttabell i Writer, skriv cellenamnet eller celleområdet i vinkelparentesar. Skriv for eksempel =<A1> for å referera til cella A1 frå ei anna celle."
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr "Rekna ut og lima inn resultatet av ein formel i eit tekstdokument"
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>lima inn;resultatet av formlar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utklippstavla;reknestykke i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formlar;lima inn resultatet i tekstdokument</bookmark_value>"
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Rekna ut og lima inn resultatet av ein formel i eit tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
msgstr "Viss teksten inneheld ein formel frå før, for eksempel «12+24*2», kan $[officename] rekna ut og deretter lima inn resultatet av formelen i dokumentet utan å bruka <emph>Formellinja</emph>."
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr "Merk formelen i teksten. Formelen kan berre innehalda tal og operatorar, og kan ikkje innehalda mellomrom."
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155496\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Rekn ut</emph>, eller trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Plussteiknet (+)."
#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id5172582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket der du vil setja inn resultatet av formelen, og vel deretter <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger → Lim inn</item> eller trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + V.<br/>Den valde formelen vert erstatta av resultatet."
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr "Rekna ut summar i tabellar"
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>reknaut;summar i teksttabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totalsummar i teksttabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellar;rekna ut summar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;rekna ut summar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellceller;rekna ut summar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>summar av celleseriar i tabellar</bookmark_value>"
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Rekna ut summen av ein serie med celler i ein tabell</link></variable>"
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Tabell</emph> og set inn ein tabell med éin kolonne og meir enn ei rad i eit tekstdokument."
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154203\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit tal i kvar celle i kolonnen, men lat den siste cella i kolonnen vera tom."
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154222\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i den siste cella i kolonnen og trykk på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> på <emph>Tabellinja</emph>.<br/> <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinja</item> visar då teksten «=sum»."
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr "Trykk i den første cella i serien du vil summera, dra til den siste cella, og slepp.<br/>$[officename] set inn ein formel for å rekna ut summen av verdiane i den gjeldande kolonnen."
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150507\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr "Trykk på Enter eller <emph>Bruk</emph> på formellinja. <br/>Summen av verdiane i den gjeldande kolonnen vert då lagt inn i cella."
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr "Dersom du skriv inn eit nytt tal i nokre av dei andre cellene i kolonnen, vert summen oppdatert når du trykkjer på den siste cella att."
#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr "På same vis kan du også snøgt rekna ut summen av ei rad med tal."
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr "Rekna ut avanserte formlar i tekstdokument"
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rekna ut;avanserte formlar i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formlar; avanserte formlar i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rekna ut;formlar/gjennomsnitt</bookmark_value>"
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Rekna ut avanserte formlar i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
msgstr "Du kan bruka førehandslaga funksjonar i ein formel og setja inn resultatet av utrekninga i eit tekstdokument."
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152901\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr "For eksempel kan du gjera dette for å rekna ut gjennomsnittet av tre tal:"
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn formelen, og deretter F2."
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3156382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item> og vel »Gjennomsnitt» frå lista <emph>Statistiske funksjonar</emph>."
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr "Skriv inn dei tre tala, skilde med loddrette strekar (|)."
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149481\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Enter</emph>. Resultatet vert sett inn som eit felt i dokumentet."
#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149823\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på feltet i dokumentet for å redigera formelen."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr "Visa resultatet av ei tabellutrekning i ein annan tabell"
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>utrekning;i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; utføre utrekningar i</bookmark_value>"
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Visa resultatet av ei tabellutrekning i ein annan tabell</link></variable>"
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
msgstr "Du kan gjera ei utrekning med celler i éin tabell og visa resultatet i ein annan."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr "Opna eit tekstdokument, set inn ein tabell med fleire kolonnar og rader, og set deretter inn ein tabell til, med berre éi celle."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr "Skriv inn tal i nokre av cellene i den store tabellen."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i tabellen som berre har éi celle, og trykk så F2."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155551\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn funksjonen du vil utføra på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item>, f.eks., <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "Trykk på ei celle i den store tabellen som inneheld eit tal, trykk på plussteiknet (+), og deretter i ei anna celle som inneheld eit tal."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Enter</emph>."
#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr "Dersom du vil, kan du formatera teksten så han oppfører seg som vanleg tekst. Set inn tabellen i ei ramme og forankra ramma som eit teikn. Ramma vert verande forankra til den tilliggjande teksten når du set inn eller slettar tekst."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr "Rekning på tvers av tabellar"
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>utrekning; på tvers av teksttabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellar;utrekningar på tvers av</bookmark_value>"
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Rekning på tvers av tabellar</link></variable>"
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
msgstr "Du kan utføra utrekningar som strekk seg over meir enn éin tabell i eit tekstdokument."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
msgstr "Opna eit tekstdokument, set inn to tabellar, og skriv inn tal i nokre få celler i kvar tabell."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147815\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i ei tom celle i éin av tabellane."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr "Trykk på F2."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn funksjonen du vil utføra, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>, på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item>."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "Trykk på ei celle i den store tabellen som inneheld eit tal, trykk på plussteiknet (+), og trykk deretter i ei anna celle som inneheld eit tal."
#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Enter</emph>."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Captions"
msgstr "Bruka forklaringar"
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147691\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>setja inn; bilettekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bilettekstar; setja inn og redigera</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>redigera;bilettekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objekt; bilettekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellar; etikettar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer; etikettar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>diagram; etikettar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstrammer; etikettar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>teikneobjekt; setja inn bilettekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>omtale, sjå også bilettekstar</bookmark_value>"
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Bruka bilettekstar</link></variable>"
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153156\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr "I tekstdokument kan du leggja til forklaringstekstar som vert nummererte etter kvart på bilete, tabellar, rammer og teikneobjekt."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr "Du kan redigera teksten og nummereringa for ulike typar forklaringar."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr "Når du legg ein tekst til eit bilete eller objekt, vert objektet og teksten plassert saman i ei ny ramme. Når du legg ein tekst til ein tabell, vert denne forklaringa sett inn som eit avsnitt ved sidan av tabellen. Når du legg ein tekst til ei ramme, vert denne forklaringa lagt til teksten inni ramma, anten før eller etter teksten som ligg der frå før."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_idN10713\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr "For å flytta både objektet og forklaringa, dra ramma som inneheld desse elementa. For å oppdatera forklaringa etter at du har flytta ramma, trykk F9."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein bilettekst:"
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "Vel elementet du vil gje ei forklaring."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Forklaring</emph>."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147765\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
msgstr "Vel innstillingane du vil bruka og trykk <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. Du kan også skriva inn ein eigen tekst i <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategoriboksen</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Figur</item>."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr "Du kan redigera forklaringa direkte i dokumentet."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147271\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr "Ein bilettekst vert formatert med den avsnittsstilen som høyrer til den typen som er vald i «Kategoriboksen». For eksempel vert avsnittsstilen «Tabell» brukt på biletteksten viss du set inn ein bilettekst av typen «Tabell»."
#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3145671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr "$[officename] kan leggja til ein bilettekst automatisk når du set inn eit objekt, eit bilete, ei ramme eller ein tabell. Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillinga</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Automatisk bilettekst</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr "Leggja kapittelnummer til i forklaringar"
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bilettekstar; leggja til kapittelnummer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objekt; automatiske bilettekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerering; bilettekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatisk nummerering;av objekt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kapittelnummer i bilettekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>setja inn;kapittelnummer i bilettekstar</bookmark_value>"
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Leggja til kapittelnummer i bilettekstar</link> </variable>"
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147395\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr "Du kan også ta med kapittelnummer i forklaringar."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr "Sjå til at teksten i dokumentet er organisert i kapittel og at titlane på kapitla (ev. også titlane på inndelingane) bruker førehandslaga overskriftsstilar. Du må også nummerera avsnittsoverskriftene."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "Vel elementet du vil gje ei forklaring."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Forklaring</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box."
msgstr "Vel ein biletteksttittel i <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategoriboksen</item> og vel ein nummereringsstil i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item><br/>. Du kan også skriva inn ein bilettekst i dette dialogvindauget. Bruk då skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Bilettekst</item>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Val</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
msgstr "Vel kor mange overskriftsnivå du vil ha i kapittelnummeret i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nivå</item>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155553\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn teiknet du vil bruka for å skilja kapittelnummer(a) frå bilettekstnummeret i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Deleteikn</item> og trykk deretter <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> i dialogvindauget <emph>Bilettekst</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147226\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr "$[officename] kan setja inn ein bilettekst automatisk når du set inn eit objekt, eit bilete eller ein tabell. Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Automatisk bilettekst</emph>."
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Automatisk forklaring»</link>"
#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Kapittelnummerering</link>"
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr "Laga ein sidestil basert på den gjeldande sida"
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>topptekstar; setja inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>botntekstar; setja inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidestilar; endra frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nye sidestilar frå utval</bookmark_value>"
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Laga ein sidestil basert på den gjeldande sida</link></variable>"
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153584\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr "Du kan utforma eit sideoppsett og deretter ein sidestil basert på det."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3154245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr "For eksempel kan du laga ein sidestil som viser éin topptekst og ein annan sidestil som viser ein annan topptekst."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Opna eit nytt tekstdokument og vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>, trykk deretter på symbolet <emph>Sidestilar</emph>."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "Trykk på symbolet <emph>Ny stil frå utval</emph> og vel <emph>Ny stil frå utval</emph> frå undermenyen."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på sida i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilnamn</item> og trykk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på namnet i lista for å bruka stilen på den gjeldande sida."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Topptekst</emph> og vel ein ny sidestil frå lista."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155572\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten som skal stå i toppteksten. Plasser skrivemerket i hovudtekstområdet utanfor toppteksten."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147771\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideskift</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> og vel deretter «Standard» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilboksen</item>."
#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
msgstr "Gjenta stega 2–6 for å laga ein ny tilpassa sidestil med ein annan topptekst."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr "Disposisjonsnummerering"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>disposisjon;nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sletta;overskriftsnummer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kapittelnummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter; nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerering;overskrifter</bookmark_value>"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Outline Numbering</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Disposisjonsnummerering</link></variable>"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155605\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy."
msgstr "Du kan endra disposisjonen på overskriftene eller gje eit nivå i disposisjonen ein tilpassa avsnittsstil. Du kan også leggja nummerering av kapittel og inndelingar til avsnittsoverskrifter. Som standard står avsnittsstilen «Overskrift 1» på øvste stilnivå."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155626\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
msgstr "Slik legg du til automatisk nummerering i ein overskriftstil"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</item> og trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr "Vel overskriftsstil for kapittelnummer i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Avsnittsstil</item>."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Vel nummereringsstilen du vil bruka i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tal</item> og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\"> OK</item>."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
msgstr "Slik fjernar du automatisk disposisjonsnummerering frå ein avsnittsstil"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
msgstr "Trykk på byrjinga av teksten i avsnittsoverskrifta, etter talet."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the Backspace key to delete the number."
msgstr "Trykk på tilbakestegtasten for å sletta talet."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155552\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
msgstr "Slik bruker du ein tilpassa avsnittsstil som topptekst"
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155571\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</item> og trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "Trykk på den tilpassa stilen i lista <emph>Avsnittsstilar</emph>."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147782\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på overskriftnivået du vil knyta tilpassa avsnittstilar til i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Nivå</item>."
#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147808\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr "Vilkårstekst"
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bruka vilkårstekst i felt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>viss-så-spørjingar som felt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vilkårstekst; setja opp</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; vilkårstekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definera;vilkår</bookmark_value>"
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Vilkårstekst</link></variable>"
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr "Du kan setja opp felt i dokumentet som viser tekst når eit valt vilkår er møtt. For eksempel kan du laga ein vilkårstekst som skal visast i ein serie purrebrev."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr "Å setja opp ein vilkårstekst er i dette eksempelet ein prosess i to delar. Først lagar du ein variabel og deretter lagar du vilkåret."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
msgstr "For å laga ein vilkårsvariabel"
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement."
msgstr "Den første delen av dette eksempelet er å laga ein variabel for vilkårsteksten."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155566\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Variablar</item>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Vel variabel</emph> i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147784\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på variabelen i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Namn</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Purring</item>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på «Tekst» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id7748344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
msgstr "Skriv inn <item type=\"literal\">1</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Verdi</item> og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item>.<br/> Formatlista viser nå eit «Standard»-format ."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
msgstr "Slik lagar du vilkåret og vilkårsteksten"
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145659\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
msgstr "Den andre delen av dette eksempelet er å laga vilkåret som må oppfyllast og å setja inn ein plasshaldar for å visa vilkårsteksten i dokumentet."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151193\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i teksten der du vil setja inn vilkårsteksten."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Funksjonar</item>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på «Vilkårstekst» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155936\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Purring EQ «3»</item> i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkår</item>. Dette betyr at vilkårsteksten vert vist når variabelen i feltet du laga i den første delen av dette eksempelet er lik tre."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155969\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr "Hermeteikna tretalet står i, indikerer at variabelen du laga i den første delen av dette eksempelet er ein tekststreng."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150446\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr "I skrivefeltet <emph>Og så</emph> skriv du inn teksten som skal visast når vilkåret er oppfylt. Det er nesten ingen grenser for kor lang denne teksten kan vera."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155073\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
msgstr "Slik visar du vilkårsteksten"
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr "I dette eksempelet vert vilkårsteksten vist når verdien på vilkårsvariabelen er lik 3."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket framføre feltet du laga i den første delen av dette eksempelet og trykk <emph>Rediger → Felt</emph>"
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Erstatt talet i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Verdi</item> med «3» og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155168\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr "Trykk på F9 dersom feltet ikkje automatisk vert oppdatert."
#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145714\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">Liste over vilkårsoperatorar</link>"
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr "Vilkårstekst for sideteljing"
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sideteljar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vilkårstekst;sidetal</bookmark_value>"
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Vilkårstekst som viser tal sider</link></variable>"
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
msgstr "Du kan laga ein vilkårsfelt som viser ordet «sider» i staden for «side», i tillegg til eit felt som viser tal på sider dersom dokumentet inneheld meir enn éi side."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn talet på sider."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Felt → Tal på sider</item> og skriv inn eit mellomrom."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Funksjonar</item>."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på «Vilkårstekst» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side > 1</item> i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkår</item>."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Sider</item> i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Og så</item>."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145305\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side</item> i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Elles</item>."
#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155535\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr "Fjerna ord frå eigne ordlister"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>eigne ordlister; fjerna ord frå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilpasssa ordlister; fjerna ord frå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sletta;ord i eigne ordlister</bookmark_value>"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Fjerna ord frå eigne ordlister</link></variable>"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → Språkinnstillingar → Skrivestøtte</emph>"
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3151391\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
msgstr "Vel ordlista du vil redigera i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Eigne ordlister</item> og trykk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger</item>."
#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "Vel ordet du vil sletta i lista <emph>Ord</emph> og trykk på <emph>Slett</emph>."
#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr "Flytta og kopiera tekst i dokument"
#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bolkar; flytta og kopiera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flytta; tekstbolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiera; tekstbolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lima inn;utklipte/kopierte bolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mus;flytta og kopiera tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Flytta og kopiera tekst i dokument</link></variable>"
#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152994\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr "Merk teksten du vil flytta eller kopiera."
#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154236\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
msgstr "For å flytta teksten, dra han til ein annan stad i dokumentet og slepp han. Medan du drar, får musepeikaren ein grå boks under seg.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"media/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Flytte data ved hjelp av peikaren</alt></image>"
#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
msgstr "For å kopiera den merkte teksten, hald nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> medan du drar. Det vert lagt til eit plussteikn (+) til peikaren.<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"media/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Kopiere data ved hjelp av peikaren</alt></image>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr "Ulike sidestilar på par- og oddetalssider"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestilar; venstre- og høgresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blanke sider med ulike sidestilar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tomme sider med ulike sidestilar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sider; venstre- og høgresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatering; par- og oddetalssider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tittelsider; sidestilar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>førstesida sin sidestil</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>venstresida sin sidestil</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>høgresida sin sidestil</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>par- og oddetalssider;formatering</bookmark_value>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Ulike sidestilar på par- og oddetalssider</link></variable>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Ikon</alt></image>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk leggja til ulike sidestilar på partalssider (venstresider) og oddetalssider (høgresider) i dokumentet. For eksempel kan du bruka sidestilar som viser ulike topp- og botntekstar på par- og oddetalssider. Den gjeldande sidestilen vert vist på <emph>statuslinja</emph> nedst i arbeidsområdet."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id8194219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
msgstr "Lik lagar du og legg til sidestilar"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3150526\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "Opna eit nytt tekstdokument og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Stilhandsamar</item>. Trykk her på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestilar</item>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på «Venstreside» i lista over sidestilar og vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145267\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vel «Høgreside» i boksen <emph>Neste stil</emph> og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145299\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på «Høgreside» i lista over sidestilar og vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155529\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vel «Venstreside» i boksen <emph>Neste stil</emph> og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155561\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Gå til den første sida i dokumentet og dobbeltklikk på «Høgreside» i lista over sidestilar i <emph>stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155588\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr "For å leggja til ei overskrift til ein av sidestilane, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Topptekst</item> og vel sidestilen du vil leggja toppteksten til i. Skriv den ønskte teksten inn i topptekstramma."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147772\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr "For å leggja til ein botntekst til ein av sidestilane, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Botntekst</item> og vel sidestilen du vil leggja botnteksten til i. Skriv den ønskte teksten i botntekstramma."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr "Dersom du ikkje vil ha nokon topp- eller botntekst på tittelsida på dokumentet, bruk stilen «Første side» på tittelsida."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id888698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
msgstr "Unngå utskrift av tomme sider"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3394573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr "Dersom to partalssider eller to oddetalssider kjem rett etter kvarandre i eit dokument, set Writer automatisk inn ei tom side som standard. Du kan unngå at desse sidene vert skrivne ut eller eksporterte til PDF-filer."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id7594225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Skriv ut</emph>"
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id8147221\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga for <emph>Ta med innsette tomme sider</emph>."
#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Set inn skift»</link>"
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr "Gjera eit felt om til tekst"
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felt; gjera om til tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gjera om;felt, til tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>erstatta;felt, med tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra;felt, til tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Gjera eit felt om til tekst</link></variable>"
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
msgstr "Du kan gjera eit felt om til vanleg tekst, slik at det ikkje lenger vert oppdatert. Etter at du har endra eit felt til tekst, kan du ikkje endra teksten tilbake til eit felt."
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155608\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
msgstr "Marker feltet og vel <emph>Rediger → Klipp ut</emph>."
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Lim inn utval</emph>."
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Trykk på «Uformatert tekst» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Utval</item> og trykk deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3157551\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Lim inn utval</link>"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr "Om felt"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felt;oppdatera/visa</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>oppdatera;felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Hjelp tips;felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>eigenskapar;felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slå av;utheving av felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endra;feltskuggar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>visa;felt</bookmark_value>"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">Om felt</link></variable>"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr "Felt vert brukte for data som endrar seg i eit dokument, som for eksempel den gjeldande datoen eller det totale talet på sider i eit dokument."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr "Visa felt"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Field Names\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
msgstr "Felt inneheld eit namn og eit innhald. For å skifta mellom vising av namnet og vising av innhaldet i feltet, vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>Vis → Feltnamn</emph></link>."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
msgstr "For å visa eller gøyma feltuthevinga i eit dokument, vel du <emph>Vis → Feltskugge</emph>. Ønskjer du å slå av denne funksjonen permanent, vel du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → $[officename] → Programfargar</emph> og fjernar markeringa framføre boksen <emph>Feltskuggar</emph>."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3152885\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
msgstr "For å endra fargen på feltskuggane vel du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → </emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] → Programfargar</item></link> og finn fram til <item type=\"menuitem\">Feltskugge</item> og vel ein annan farge i <item type=\"menuitem\">Fargeinnstillingar</item>."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr "Felteigenskapar"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3153180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
msgstr "Dei fleste typane felt i eit dokument, også databasefelt, lagrar og viser data."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr "Desse typane felt utfører ei handling når du trykkjer på dei:"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr "Felttype"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Property"
msgstr "Eigenskap"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147789\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "Plasshaldar"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
msgstr "Opnar eit dialogvindauge for å setja inn objektet plasshaldaren var meint for."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147216\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr "Set inn referanse"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr "Flyttar musepeikaren til referansen."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147267\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr "Utfør makro"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147290\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr "Køyrer ein makro."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr "Innliste"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr "Opnar eit dialogvindauge for å redigera innhaldet i feltet."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3151244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu."
msgstr "Plasshaldar, gøymd tekst, set inn referanse, variabel, database og sjølvvalde felt viser eit tips når du held musepeikaren over dei i eit dokument. For å slå på denne funksjonen, pass på at innstillinga <item type=\"menuitem\">Utvida tips</item> er vald i <item type=\"menuitem\">Hjelp</item>-menyen."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155937\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr "Oppdatera felt"
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
msgstr "For å oppdatera alle felta i eit dokument, trykk på F9 eller vel først <emph>Rediger → Merk alt</emph> og deretter F9."
#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155984\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
msgstr "For å oppdatera eit felt som er sett inn frå ein database, merk feltet og trykk på F9."
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr "Setja inn eit fast eller variabelt datofelt"
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"bm_id5111545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>setja inn;datofelt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datoar;setja inn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datofelt;faste/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>faste datoar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable datoar</bookmark_value>"
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155165\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Setja inn eit fast eller variabelt datofelt</link></variable>"
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn gjeldande dato som eit felt som vert oppdatert kvar gong du opnar dokumentet, eller som eit felt som ikkje vert oppdatert."
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3147679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</emph> og klikk på fana <emph>Dokument</emph>."
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:"
msgstr "Trykk på «Dato» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> og gjer slik:"
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3155602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
msgstr "For å setja inn datoen som eit felt som vert oppdatert kvar gong dokumentet vert opna, trykk på «Dato» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Val</item>. ."
#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list."
msgstr "For å setja inn datoen som eit felt som ikkje vert oppdatert, trykk på «Dato (fast)» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Val</item>."
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr "Leggja til innlister"
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; innskrivingsfelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>felt; innskrivingsfelt i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innskrivingsfelt i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn;innskrivingsfelt</bookmark_value>"
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Leggja til innskrivingsfelt</link></variable>"
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr "Ei innliste er eit element som du kan trykkja på i eit dokument for å opna eit dialogvindauge der du kan redigera det."
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3145776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Funksjonar</item>."
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på «Innliste»i <item type=\"menuitem\">Typelista</item>."
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> og skriv inn teksten for variabelen."
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150708\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr "For snøgt å opna og redigera alle innlistene i eit dokument, trykk Ctrl+Shift+F9."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr "Spørja etter brukarinformasjon i felt eller vilkår"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felt; brukardata</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brukardata; spørjingar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vilkår; brukardata-felt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gøyma;tekst, frå visse brukarar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; gøyma frå visse brukarar, med vilkår</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brukarvariablar i vilkår/felt</bookmark_value>"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Spørja etter brukarinformasjon i felt eller vilkår</link></variable>"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3154239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr "Du kan opna og samanlikna nokre brukardata frå vilkår og felt. For eksempel kan du samanlikna brukardata med desse operatorane:"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Operator"
msgstr "Operator"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Tyding"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr "== eller EQ"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150531\n"
"help.text"
msgid "equals"
msgstr "er lik"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150725\n"
"help.text"
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr "!= eller NEQ"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr "er ikkje lik"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153167\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
msgstr "Dersom du vil, kan du bruka eit vilkår til å gøyma tekst i dokumentet for visse brukarar."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr "Merk teksten i dokumentet som du vil gøyma."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145273\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145297\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Gøym</item> vel avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Gøym</item>."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from."
msgstr "I boksen <emph>Med vilkår</emph> skriv du <emph>user_lastname == «Hansen»</emph>, der «Hansen» er etternamnet på brukaren du vil gøyma teksten for."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Set inn</emph> og lagra dokumentet."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr "Ein kan framleis sjå namnet på den gøymde bolken med dokumentstruktur-verktøyet."
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147777\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr "Dette er ei liste over brukarvariablane du kan bruka når du lagar eit vilkår eller eit felt:"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User variables"
msgstr "Brukarvariabel"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147218\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Tyding"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr "user_firstname"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147268\n"
"help.text"
msgid "First name"
msgstr "Førenamn"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr "user_lastname"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Last name"
msgstr "Etternamn"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr "user_initials"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145666\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initials"
msgstr "Førebokstavar"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151200\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_company"
msgstr "user_company"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Firma"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_street"
msgstr "user_street"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152912\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Street"
msgstr "Gatenamn"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152940\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_country"
msgstr "user_country"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Country"
msgstr "Land"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152990\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr "user_zipcode"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr "Postnummer"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145706\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_city"
msgstr "user_city"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "City"
msgstr "Poststad"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145756\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_title"
msgstr "user_title"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Tittel"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_position"
msgstr "user_position"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156307\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Stilling"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156334\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr "user_tel_work"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156357\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr "Jobbtelefon"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156384\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr "user_tel_home"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr "Heimetelefon"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149756\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr "user_fax"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr "Faksnummer"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_email"
msgstr "user_email"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "E-postadresse"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147321\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_state"
msgstr "user_state"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "State"
msgstr "Delstat/område"
#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">Liste over operatorar</link>"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr "Søkja og byta ut i Writer"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"bm_id1163670\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>søkja etter; tekst/tekstformatering/stilar/objekt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>erstatta; tekst og tekstformatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>stilar;finna</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>finna, sjå også søkja etter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstformatering; finna</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatering; søkja etter og byta ut</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>søkja etter; formatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objekt;finna med dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>asiatiske språk;søkjeinnstillingar</bookmark_value>"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id8568681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Søkja og byta ut i Writer</link></variable>"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id611285\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr "I tekstdokument kan du søka etter ord, formatering, stilar og meir. Du kan gå frå éitt resultat til det neste, eller du kan utheva alle resultata på éin gong, og deretter endra formatering eller byta ut orda med annan tekst."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id6226081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr "Dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6702780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "For å søkja etter tekst i heile dokumentet, opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut» (Rediger → Søk og byt ut) utan at tekst er markert i dokumentet. Dersom du berre vil søkja i ein del av dokumentet, merk først denne delen av teksten, og opna deretter dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3158970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Text"
msgstr "Slik søkjer du etter tekst"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6957304\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2164677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
msgstr "Skriv inn søkjeteksten i tekstfeltet <emph>Søk etter</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5684072\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk anten på <emph>Finn neste</emph> eller <emph>Finn alle</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4377269\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text."
msgstr "Når du trykkjer på <emph>Finn neste</emph>, vil Writer visa den neste teksten som er lik den du søkjer etter. Du kan endre søkjeteksten om du vil og trykkja på <emph>Finn neste</emph> igjen for å gå til den neste teksten som måtte finnast."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1371807\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog."
msgstr "Dersom du har gått ut av dialogvindauget, kan du trykkja Ctrl+Shift+F for å finna den neste teksten utan å opna vindauget."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id924100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr "Du kan også bruka ikona i det nedre høgre hjørnet av dokumentet for å gå til den neste teksten eller til andre objekt i dokumentet."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9359416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
msgstr "Når du trykkjer på <item type=\"menuitem\">Finn alle</item> vel Writer all tekst som er lik søkjeteksten. Nå kan du for eksempel gjera all funnen tekst halvfeit eller gje han ein spesiell teiknstil."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id5891598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Replace Text"
msgstr "Slik byter du ut tekst"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1780755\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
msgstr "Utbyting av tekst kan ikkje gjelde berre for eit markert område i teksten, slik eit søk kan."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2467421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4286935\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph> text box."
msgstr ""
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9959410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten som skal erstatta søkjeteksten i skrivefeltet <emph>Byt ut med</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id24109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk anten på <emph>Byt ut</emph> eller <emph>Byt ut alle</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id703451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
msgstr "Når du klikkar på <emph>Byt ut</emph> vil Writer byrja der markøren er og søkje gjennom heile dokumentet etter søkjeteksten. Når teksten er funne, vil Writer merkja han og venta på kva du vel å gjera. Trykk på <emph>Byt ut</emph> for å byte ut den funne teksten med teksten i tekstboksen <emph>Byt ut med</emph>. Klikk på <emph>Finn neste</emph> for å søkje vidare utan å byta ut teksten i markeringa."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7540818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
msgstr "Når du trykkjer på <emph>Byt ut alle</emph>, vil Writer byta ut all tekst som er lik søkjeteksten."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id9908444\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Styles"
msgstr "Slik finn du stilar"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8413953\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr "Du vil finna all tekst i dokumentet som bruker ein bestemt avsnittsstil, for eksempel stilen <emph>Overskrift 2</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2696920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id896938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Fleire val</emph> for å utvida dialogvindauget."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9147007\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr "Vel avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk etter stilar</item>.<br/>Skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk etter</item> er nå ein listeboks der du kan velja ein av avsnittsstilane som er brukte i det gjeldande dokumentet."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id679342\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "Vel stilen det skal søkjast etter og trykk på <emph>Finn neste</emph> eller <emph>Finn alle</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3231299\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Formats"
msgstr "Slik finn du formateringar"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8087405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned."
msgstr "Du vil finna all tekst i dokumentet som bruker ei bestemt teiknformatering."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id3406170\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr "Søking etter formatering finn berre direkte teiknformatering. Formatering som er ein del av ein stil vert altså ikkje funne."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2448805\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Søk og byt ut</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut»."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4542985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Fleire val</emph> for å utvide dialogvindauget."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4679403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7783745\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk anten på <emph>Finn neste</emph> eller <emph>Finn alle</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5597094\n"
"help.text"
msgid "More options"
msgstr "Fleire val"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9919431\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr "Likskapssøket kan finna tekst som er nesten lik søketeksten. Du kan velja kor mange teikn som kan vera ulike."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8533280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr "Kryss av for <emph>Likskapssøk</emph> og trykk eventuelt på <emph>Likskapar</emph> for å endra innstillingane. (Om du endrar alle tala til 1, verkar dette fint på norsk)."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4646748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
msgstr "Er støtte for asiatiske språk aktivert under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → Språkinnstillingar - Språk</emph>, vil dialogvindauget «Søk og byt ut» ha innstillingar for å søkja i asiatisk tekst."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id2489394\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr "Dokumentstrukturen"
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9934385\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document."
msgstr "Dokumentstrukturen er det viktigaste verktøyet når ein skal finna og markera objekt. Du kan også bruka dette verktøyet til å flytta og organisera kapittel med hjelp av disposisjonsvisinga av dokumentet."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4159062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Dokumentstruktur</emph> for å vise dokumentstrukturen."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7421796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
msgstr "Bruk dokumentstruktur-verktøyet til å setja inn objekt, lenkjer og referansar i eit dokument, eller frå andre dokument. Sjå <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Dokumentstruktur</link>-rettleiinga for meir informasjon."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6417432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet med den blå sirkelen på den nedre høgre delen av dokumentet for å opna det vesle vindauget for <emph>dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4639728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
msgstr "Bruk det vesle dokumentstruktur-vindauget for å gå til neste objekt eller finna den neste teksten i dokumentet snøgt."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr "Setja inn sidetal til komande sider"
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider; etterfølgjande sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>neste sidetal i botntekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>etterfølgjande sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetal; etterfølgjande sider</bookmark_value>"
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Setja inn sidetal til komande sider</link></variable>"
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
msgstr "Du kan enkelt setja inn sidetalet til den komande sida i ein botntekst ved å bruka eit felt."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr "Sidetalet vert berre vist dersom den neste sida finst."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Botntekst</emph> og vel sidestilen som denne skal leggjast til i."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
msgstr "Set markøren i botnteksten og vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</emph>."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147134\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klikk på fana <emph>Dokument</emph> i dialogvindauget <emph>Felt</emph>."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150955\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Side</emph> i <emph>Typelista</emph> og <emph>Neste side</emph> i lista <emph>Vel</emph>."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150517\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på ein nummereringsstil i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr "Viss du vel <emph>Tekst</emph> i <emph>Formatlista</emph>, vert berre teksten du skriv inn i boksen <emph>Verdi</emph> vist i feltet."
#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150727\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Set inn</emph> for å setja inn feltet med sidetal."
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr "Setja inn sidetal i botntekstar"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>botntekstar; med sidetal</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sider; tal og teljing av</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetal; botntekstar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerering;sider</bookmark_value>"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Setja inn sidetal i botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id8230842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
msgstr "Det er enkelt å setja inn eit sidetalsfelt i botneksten i dokumentet. Du kan også leggja til sideteljing til botnteksten, for eksempel som «Side 9 av 12»"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id7867366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
msgstr "Slik set du inn sidenummer"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Botntekst</emph> og vel sidestilen som denne skal leggjast til i."
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Sidetal</emph>."
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3153155\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
msgstr "Du kan justera sidetalsfeltet på same måte som tekst."
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id2988677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
msgstr "Slik kan du leggja til ei sideteljing"
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
msgstr "Trykk framføre sidetalfeltet og skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side </item>. Trykk etter feltet, lag eit mellomrom og skriv <item type=\"literal\">av</item>."
#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155554\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Tal på sider</emph>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr "Setja inn og redigera fotnotar og sluttnotar"
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sluttnotar;setja inn og redigera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn;fotnotar/sluttnotar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sletta;fotnotar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigera;fotnotar/sluttnotar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organisera;fotnotar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fotnotar; setja inn og redigera</bookmark_value>"
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Setja inn og redigera fotnotar og sluttnotar</link></variable>"
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr "Fotnotar refererer til meir informasjon om eit emne nedst på sida, medan sluttnotar refererer til informasjon på slutten av dokumentet. $[officename] nummererar fotnotar og sluttnotar automatisk."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155881\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "Å setja inn fotnotar og sluttnotar"
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155903\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil plassera referansepunktet til fot-/sluttnoten."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147120\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Set inn → Fotnote og sluttnote → Fotnote eller Sluttnote</emph></link>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150937\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
msgstr "Vel formatet du vil bruka i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>. Viss du vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Teikn</item>, trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Vel</item> og vel teiknet du vil bruka på fotnoten."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Fotnote</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sluttnote</item>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150704\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr "Skriv inn fot-/sluttnoten."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3148843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Ikon</alt></image>"
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3153176\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "Du kan også setja inn fotnotar ved å trykkja på ikonet <emph>Set inn fotnote direkte</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155543\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "Å redigera ein fotnote eller ein sluttnote"
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150167\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr "Musepeikaren endrar seg til ei hand når du held musa over referansepunktet til ein fotnote eller sluttnote i dokumentet."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155563\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr "For å redigera teksten i ein fotnote eller sluttnote, trykk på han, eller på referansepunktet i teksten."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "For å endra formatet på ein fotnote, klikk i fotnoten og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd + T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for å opna stilhandsamaren. I denne høgreklikkar du på «Fotnote» i lista og deretter <emph>Endra</emph>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
msgstr "For å gå frå ein fotnote eller sluttnote til referansepunktet i teksten, trykk «Page Up»."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "For å redigera nummereringseigenskapane for fotnote- og sluttnoteteikn, trykk framføre teiknet og vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit – Footnote\"><emph>Rediger → Fotnote</emph></link>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>."
msgstr "For å endra formateringa $[officename] brukar på fot- og sluttnotar, vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Verktøy → Fotnotar og sluttnotar</emph></link>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147813\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "For å redigera tekstområdet for fot- og sluttnotar, vel <emph>Format → Side</emph> og trykk på fana <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Fotnote</emph></link>."
#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147232\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr "For å fjerna ein fotnote, slett fotnoteteiknet i teksten."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr "Avstand mellom fotnotar"
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147683\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>avstand; fotnotar/sluttnotar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sluttnotar; avstand</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fotnotar; avstand</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kantlinjer;på fotnotar/sluttnotar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer;fotnotar/sluttnotar</bookmark_value>"
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147683\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Avstand mellom fotnotar</link></variable>"
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3145808\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr "Dersom du vil auka avstanden mellom fot- eller sluttnotetekstar, kan du leggja til ei kantlinje på toppen og botnen av den gjeldande avsnittsstilen."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr "Trykk på ein fotnote eller sluttnote."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154251\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil redigera, for eksempel <emph>Fotnote </emph>, og vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Kantlinjer</emph></link>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Berre øvre og nedre kantlinjer</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list."
msgstr "Vel ei linje i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linje</item>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150961\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr "Vel «Kvit» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Fargeboksen</item>. Har bakgrunnen på sida ein annan farge enn kvit, vel den fargen som liknar mest på bakgrunnsfargen."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150519\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga i boksen <emph>Synkroniser</emph> i området <emph>Avstand til innhaldet</emph>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150709\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes."
msgstr "Skriv inn ein verdi i skrivefelta <item type=\"menuitem\">Øvst</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Nedst</item>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150740\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format → Avsnitt → Kantlinjer</link>"
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr "Laga eit fletta brev"
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fletta brev</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standardbrev</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brevfletting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brev; laga fletta brev</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vegvisarar;fletta brev</bookmark_value>"
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Laga eit fletta brev</link></variable></variable>"
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
msgstr "For å laga eit fletta brev treng du først eit tekstdokument som inneheld felt for adressedata, i tillegg til ein adressedatabase. Deretter kan du kombinera eller fletta adressedataa og tekstdokumentet, anten for å skriva ut brev, eller for å senda dei som e-post."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id0805200801132382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
msgstr "Dersom dokumentet er i HTML-format, vil ikkje eventuelle bilete i dokumentet eller bilete det er lenkja til verte sende med i e-posten."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Vegvisaren for brevfletting</link> hjelper deg med å laga fletta brev."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr "Laga eit fletta brev"
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN1066B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Vegvisar for brevfletting</emph>."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10672\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr "No er du komen til <emph>Vegvisaren for brevfletting</emph>. Dette er ein av mange måtar å bruka han på:"
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Start frå ein mal</emph>, og trykk <emph>Bla gjennom</emph>."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Dialogvindauget <emph>Ny</emph> kjem fram."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">\"Modern\" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
msgstr ""
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id2669759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Brev</emph> og trykk på <emph>Neste</emph>."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr "I det neste steget av vegvisaren klikkar du på knappen <emph>Vel adresseliste</emph> for å sjå etter at du bruker den rette adresselista. Ønskjer du å bruka ei adresseblokk, vel ein adresseblokktype og tilpass adressefelta om nødvendig og klikk på <emph>Neste</emph>."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
msgstr "No er du komen til trinnet <emph>Lag helsing</emph>. Fjern avkryssinga for <emph>Set inn personleg helsing</emph>. Under <emph>Generell helsing</emph> kan du velja kva starthelsing du vil ha øvst på alle breva."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
msgstr "Ønskjer du å plassera flettefeltet andre stader i dokumentet, vel den tilsvarande kolonnen i adressekjelda og dra og slepp kolonneoverskrifta dit du ønskjer å plassera feltet. Forsikra deg om at du har markert heile kolonnen."
#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Neste</emph> og deretter <emph>Fullfør</emph> for å laga brevflettinga."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "Hovuddokument og underdokument"
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hovuddokument;eigenskapar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deldokument;eigenskapar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sentrale dokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hjelpedokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dokument; hovuddokument og deldokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stilar;hovuddokument</bookmark_value>"
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Hovuddokument og underdokument</link></variable>"
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "Eit hovuddokument lèt deg handsama store dokument, som for eksempel ei bok med mange kapittel. Hovuddokumentet fungerer som ein behaldar for dei enkelte <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-filene. Dei enkelte filene vert kalla underdokument."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id6537369\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr "Arbeida med hovuddokument"
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr "Når du skriv ut eit hovuddokument, vert alle underdokumenta, innhaldslistene og dei andre tekstane du har lagt inn, skrivne ut."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
msgstr "Du kan også oppretta ei innhaldsliste og eit register for alle underdokumenta i hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr "Stilar som vert brukte i underdokumenta, som for eksempel nye avsnittsstilar, vert automatisk importerte til hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9033783\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments."
msgstr "Når du viser hovuddokument, vert stilar som allereie ligg i hovuddokumentet prioriterte framfor stilar med same namn som er importerte frå underdokument."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3419598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr "Underdokument vert aldri endra gjennom endringane som vert gjorde i hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr "Når du legg eit dokument til i eit hovuddokument eller opprettar eit nytt underdokument, vert det laga ei lenkje til dette i hovuddokumentet. Du kan ikkje redigera innhaldet i eit underdokument direkte frå hovuddokumentet, men du kan bruka <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph> for å opna underdokumenta for redigering."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id7904904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk av stilar"
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5817743\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
msgstr "Eit hovuddokument, hovud.odm, inneheld tekst og lenkjer til underdokumenta underdok1.odt og underdok2.odt. I kvart underdokument vert det laga og brukt ein ny stil med namn «Stil1», og underdokumenta vert deretter lagra."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9169591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported."
msgstr "Når du lagrar hovuddokumentet, vert stilane frå underdokumenta importerte til hovuddokumentet. Førstvertr den nye stilen «Stil1» frå underdok1.odt importert. Deretter vert dei nye stilane frå underdok2.odt importerte, men sidan «Stil1» no ligg i hovuddokumentet frå før, vert ikkje denne importert frå underdok2.odt."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id1590014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr "I hovuddokumentet kan du no sjå den nye stilen «Stil1» frå det første underdokumentet. Alle «Stil1»-avsnitt i hovuddokumentet vert viste med «Stil1»-eigenskapane frå det første underdokumentet. Men det andre underdokumentet i seg sjølv skiftar likevel ikkje til denne stilen. Du kan framleis sjå «Stil1»-avsnitta frå det andre underdokumentet med andre eigenskapar, men dette er avhengig av at du opnar dokumentet underdok2.odt for seg sjølv, og ikkje som ein del av hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5878780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Bruk den same malen for hovuddokumentet og deldokumenta for å unngå forvirring. Dette skjer automatisk når du lager eit hovuddokument med tilhøyrande deldokument frå eit eksisterande dokument med overskrifter når du bruker kommandoen <emph>Fil → Send → Lag hovuddokument</emph>."
#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Dokumentstrukturen i hovudmodus</link>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "Arbeida med hovuddokument og underdokument"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Dokumentstrukturen;hovuddokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hovuddokument;laga, redigera, eksportera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deldokument;laga, redigera,fjerna</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fjerna;deldokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innhaldslister; hovuddokument</bookmark_value>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Arbeida med hovuddokument og underdokument</link></variable>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id1522873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "Eit hovuddokument lèt deg handsama store dokument, som for eksempel ei bok med mange kapittel. Hovuddokumentet fungerer som ein behaldar for dei enkelte <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-filene. Dei enkelte filene vert kalla underdokument."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
msgstr "Slik lagar du eit hovuddokument"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Ny → Malar og dokument</emph>"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Opna eit eksisterande dokument og vel <emph>Fil → Send → Lag hovuddokument</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr "Når du lagar eit nytt hovuddokument, må den første oppføringa i «Dokumentstrukturen» heita <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item>. Skriv inn ei innleiing eller litt tekst. Dette gjer at du kan sjå korleis deldokumenta ser ut når du har redigert stilane i hovuddokumentet."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "Trykk på, og hald nede ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\"> Dokumentstrukturen</item> for hovuddokument (det skal opnast automatisk, men om det ikkje skjer, trykk på F5) og gjer eitt av desse:"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Du set inn ei eksisterande fil som eit deldokument ved å velja <emph>Fil</emph>, finna fram til ønskt fil og deretter trykka på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "Du kan laga eit nytt underdokument ved å velja <emph>Nytt dokument</emph>, skriva inn namnet på dokumentet og trykka på <emph>Lagra</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8550981\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn tekst i hovuddokumentet mellom underdokumenta ved å velja <emph>Tekst</emph> og skriva inn teksten. Du kan ikkje setja inn tekst ved sida av ein eksisterande tekst i dokumentstrukturen."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Lagra</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
msgstr "Slik redigerer du eit hovuddokument"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
msgstr "Bruk Dokumentstrukturen for å omorganisera og redigera underdokumenta i eit hovuddokument."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på namnet på eit underdokument i Dokumentstrukturen for å opna det for redigering."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr "For å fjerna eit deldokument frå hovuddokumentet, høgreklikk på det i «Dokumentstrukturen» og vel <emph>Slett</emph>. Deldokument-fila vert ikkje sletta, berre oppføringa i Dokumentstrukturen."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr "For å leggja til tekst i eit hovuddokument, høgreklikk på eit element i lista i «Dokumentstrukturen» og vel <emph>Set inn → Tekst</emph>. Det vert då sett inn ein tekstbolk i hovuddokumentet før det valde elementet. I denne kan du skriva kva du vil. Du kan ikkje setja inn tekst ved sida av ei tekstoppføring som finst frå før i Dokumentstrukturen."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149982\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon."
msgstr "For å omorganisera deldokumenta i eit hovuddokument, dra eit deldokument til ei ny plassering i Dokumentstrukturen. Du kan også velja eit deldokument frå lista og trykkja på symbolet <item type=\"menuitem\">Flytt ned </item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Flytt opp</item>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153022\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
msgstr "For å leggja til eit register, som for eksempel ei innhaldsliste, i eit hovuddokument, høgreklikk på eit av deldokumenta i Dokumentstrukturen og vel <emph>Set inn → Register/innhaldsliste</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/res/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr ""
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
msgstr "For å oppdatera eit register i eit hovuddokument, vel registret i Dokumentstrukturen og trykk på knappen <emph>Oppdater</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_idN10C40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
msgstr "Når du set inn eit objekt, for eksempel ei ramme eller eit bilete, i eit hovuddokument, så ikkje forankra det «Til side». Vel i staden forankringa «Til avsnitt» i <emph>Format → (Objekttype)</emph> på fana <emph>Type</emph>, og vel plasseringa «Heile sida» i listeboksane <emph>Vassrett</emph> og <emph>Loddrett</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153656\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
msgstr "Slik gjer du for å byrja alle deldokumenta på nye sider"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "Sjå til at alle deldokumenta byrjar med ei overskrift som brukar same overskriftsstil, for eksempel <emph>Overskrift 1</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph> i hovuddokumentet og trykk på knappen <emph>Avsnittsstilar</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk «Overskrift 1» og vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab."
msgstr "Klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstflyt</item>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149770\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideskift</item> og vel deretter «Side» i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr "Viss du vil at kvart deldokument skal byrja på ei oddetalsside, vel <emph>Med sidestil</emph> og vel «Høgreside»."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145205\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145228\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
msgstr "Slik eksporterar du eit hovuddokument som eit <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>-tekstdokument"
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150315\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Eksporter</item>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148580\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
msgstr "Vel eit filformat for tekstdokumentet i lista <emph>Filformat</emph> og trykk på <emph>Eksporter</emph>."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8371227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr "Underdokumenta vert eksporterte som bolkar. Bruk <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Bolkar</item> for å fjerna vernet av og fjerna bolkane, dersom du føretrekk eit tekstdokument utan bolkar."
#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Dokumentstrukturen i hovudmodus</link>"
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr "Om topp- og botntekstar"
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>topptekstar;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>botntekstar;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokument;topp- og botntekstar</bookmark_value>"
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">Om topp- og botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
msgstr "Topp- og botntekstar er område i dei øvste og nedste sidemargane der du kan leggja til tekst eller bilete. Topp- og botntekstar vert lagde til den gjeldande sidestilen. Alle sidene som bruker den same stilen får automatisk den topp- eller botnteksten du legg til. Du kan setja inn <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">felt</link>, som for eksempel sidetal og kapitteloverskrifter, i topp- og botntekstane i eit tekstdokument."
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150511\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
msgstr "Sidestilen på den gjeldande sida vert vist på <emph>statuslinja</emph>."
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3155896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "For å leggja til ein topptekst til ei side, vel <emph>Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Topptekst</emph> og vel sidestilen for den gjeldande sida frå undermenyen."
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3147119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "For å leggja til ein botntekst til ei side, vel <emph>Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Botntekst</emph> og vel sidestilen for den gjeldande sida frå undermenyen."
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153726\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr "Du kan også velja <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side</item>, trykkja på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Botntekst</item> og så velja <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis botntekst</item>. Fjern avkryssinga for <item type=\"menuitem\">Same innhald venstre/høgre</item> viss du vil ha ulike topp- og botntekstar på par- og oddetalssider."
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3146876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr "For å bruka ulike topp- eller botntekstar i dokumentet, kan du leggja dei til ulike <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">sidestilar</link>, og deretter bruka dei ulike stilane på dei sidene vil ha topp- eller botntekstar på."
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150704\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr "Topp- og botntekstar i HTML-dokument"
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150717\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted."
msgstr "Nokre av topptekst- og botntekstinnstillingane er også tilgjengelege for HTML-dokument. Topp- og botntekstar er ikkje støtta av HTML og vert i staden eksporterte med spesielle taggar, så ein kan sjå dei med ein nettlesar. Topp- og botntekstar vert berre eksporterte til HTML-dokument dersom dei er tekne i bruk i vevoppsett-modus. Når du opnar dokumentet i $[officename] att, vert topp- og botntekstane viste på rett måte. Det vert også eventuelle felt du har sett inn i dei."
#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Sidestilar</link>"
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr "Laga ulike topp- og botntekstar"
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>topptekstar;laga for venstre- og høgresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>botntekstar;laga for venstre- og høgresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidestilar; byte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>laga; topp-/botntekstar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spegelvendt sideoppsett</bookmark_value>"
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Laga ulike topp- og botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
msgstr "Du kan bruka ulike topp- og botntekstar på ulike sider i dokumentet så lenge sidene bruker ulike sidestilar. $[officename] har fleire førehandslaga sidestilar, som for eksempel <emph>Første side</emph>,<emph>Venstreside</emph> og <emph>Høgreside</emph>. I tillegg til desse kan du òg oppretta ein tilpassa sidestil."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
msgstr "Du kan også bruka det spegelvendte sideoppsettet viss du vil leggja ein topptekst til ein sidestil som har ulike indre og ytre sidemargar. For å bruka denne innstillinga på ein sidestil, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side</item>, trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Side</item> og vel «Spegelvendt» i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Val for utsjånad</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideoppsett</item>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
msgstr "For eksempel kan du bruka sidestilar for å laga ulike topptekstar til par- og oddetalssidene i eit dokument."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150929\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr "Opna eit nytt tekstdokument."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting sidebar deck."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph> og trykk på ikonet <emph>Sidestilar</emph> i Stilhandsamaren i sidepanelet."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk avsnittsstilen «Høgreside» og vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item> i dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestilar</item>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153750\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis topptekst</item> og trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Handsamar</item>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr "Vel «Venstreside» i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Neste stil</item>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150714\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på «Venstreside» i lista med sidestilar i dialogvindauget <emph>Stilhandsamar</emph> og vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item> i dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestilar</item>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis topptekst</item> og trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Handsamar</item>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147061\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr "Vel «Høgreside» i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Neste stil</item>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på «Høgreside» i lista over sidestilar for å bruka denne stilen på den gjeldande sida."
#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style."
msgstr "Legg inn tekst og bilete i toppteksten for venstresider. Etter at den neste sida er lagd til i dokumentet kan du leggja inn tekst og bilete i toppteksten for høgresider."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "Setja inn kapittelnamn og -nummer i ein topp- eller botntekst"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fortløpande titlar i topptekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flytande titlar i topptekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>topptekstar; kapittelinformasjon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapittelnamn i topptekstar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>namn; kapittelnamn i topptekstar</bookmark_value>"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Setja inn kapittelnamn og -nummer i ein topp- eller botntekst</link></variable>"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr "Før du kan setja inn kapittelinformasjon i ein topp- eller botntekst, må du velja disposisjonsnummerering for avsnittsstilen du vil bruka kapitteltitlar på."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein avsnittsstil for kapitteltitlar"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155874\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155898\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "Vel avsnittsstilen du vil bruka på kapitteltitlar i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item>, for eksempel, «Overskrift 1»."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr "Vel nummereringsstilen for kapitteltitlane i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tal</item>, for eksempel, «1, 2, 3, …»."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv «Kapittel» og deretter eit mellomrom i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Før</item>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit mellomrom i boksen<item type=\"menuitem\">Etter</item>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150505\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "Setja inn kapittelnamn og -nummer i ein topp- eller botntekst"
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
msgstr "Bruk den avsnittsstilen du laga for kapitteloverskifter i dokumentet."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153729\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Botntekst</item> og vel sidestilen på den gjeldande sida frå undermenyen."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153762\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr "Trykk i topp- eller botnteksten."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3146863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Dokument</item>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "Trykk på «Kapittel« i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> og «Kapittelnummer og -namn» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147065\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147095\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr "Kapittelnamna og -nummera vert no automatisk viste på alle sider som bruker den gjeldande sidestilen."
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr "Formatera topp- og botntekstar"
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>setja inn; linjer under topptekstar/over botntekstar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer; under topptekstar/over botntekstar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>topptekstar;formatera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>botntekstar;formatera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skuggar;topptekstar/botntekstar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kantlinjer;på topptekstar/botntekstar</bookmark_value>"
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatera topp- og botntekstar</link></variable>"
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr "Du kan bruka direkte formatering på teksten i ein topp- eller botntekst. Du kan òg tilpassa avstanden på teksten i høve til topp- eller botntekstramma eller bruka kantlinjer på topp- eller botnteksten."
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side</item> og deretter fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Topptekst</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Botntekst</item>."
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr "Vel avstandsinnstillingane du vil bruka."
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens."
msgstr "For å leggja til kantlinjer eller skugge på topp- eller botnteksten, trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Andre</item>. Dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Kantlinje/bakgrunn</item> vert då opna."
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
msgstr "For å leggja til ei delelinje mellom topp- eller botnteksten og sideinnhaldet, vel linje oppe eller nede i området <emph>Linjeoppstilling</emph>. Vel ein linjestil i boksen <emph>Stil</emph>."
#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3153742\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
msgstr "For å justera avstanden mellom topp- eller botnteksten og linja, fjern merket framføre <emph>Synkroniser</emph> og skriv inn ein verdi i boksen <emph>Nedst</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr "Gøyma tekst"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; gøyme</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bolkar;gøyme</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;gøyme</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gøyme;tekst, med vilkår</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variablar, for å gøyma tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Gøyma tekst</link> </variable>"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150103\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
msgstr "Du kan bruka felt og bolkar til å gøyma eller visa tekst i dokumentet dersom eit vilkår er møtt."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
msgstr "Før du kan gøyma tekst må du laga ein variabel som skal brukast som vilkår for å gøyma teksten."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id5174108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Variable"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein variabel"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153131\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk i dokumentet og vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "Vel fana <emph>Variablar</emph> og deretter <emph>Vel variabel</emph> i lista <emph>Type</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr "Vel «Standard» i <emph>Formatlista</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn for variabelen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Namn</item>, for eksempel, <item type=\"literal\">Gøym</item>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn ein verdi for variabelen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Verdi</item> , for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
msgstr "For å gøyma variabelen i dokumentet, vel <emph>Usynleg</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149585\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156245\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text"
msgstr "Slik gøymer du tekst"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145391\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil leggja til teksten."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</emph> og klikk på fana <emph>Funksjonar</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155325\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "Trykk på «Gøymd tekst» i <emph>Typelista</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit vilkår i <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkårsboksen</item>. Du kan for eksempel bruka variablen <item type=\"literal\">Gøym==1</item> som du laga tidlegare."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten du vil gøyma i feltet <emph>Gøymd tekst</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
msgstr "Slik gøymer du eit avsnitt"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr "Trykk i det avsnittet du vil leggja til teksten."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</emph> og klikk på fana <emph>Funksjonar</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155902\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "Trykk på «Gøymt avsnitt» i <emph>Typelista</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit vilkår i <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkårsboksen</item>. Du kan for eksempel bruka variablen <item type=\"literal\">Gøym==1</item> som du laga tidlegare."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149991\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3793450\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
msgstr "Du må slå på denne funksjonen ved å fjerna avkryssinga i menyen <emph>Vis → Gøymde avsnitt</emph>. Ingen avsnitt vert gøymde når dette er avkryssa."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148675\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Section"
msgstr "Slik gøymer du ein bolk"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr "Merk teksten du vil gøyma i dokumentet."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153019\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148950\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Gøym</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Gøym</item> og skriv inn eit uttrykk i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Vilkår</item>. For eksempel kan du bruka variabelen du laga tidlegare og skriva <item type=\"literal\">Gøym==1</item>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item>."
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3846858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Visa gøymd tekst</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id8148442\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Setja inn tekst som ikkje vert skriven ut</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Field - More Fields</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147011\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Set inn → Bolk</link>"
#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">Liste over operatorar</link>"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr "Visa gøymd tekst"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; utheva</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utheva tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Visa gøymd tekst</link></variable>"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id5659962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Dersom du har ein tekst som er gøymd ved å laga eit vilkår med ein variabel, finst det fleire måtar å visa denne teksten på. Gjer éin av desse:"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3152777\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
msgstr "Merk av for <emph>Vis → Gøymde avsnitt</emph>."
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3153902\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk framfor variabelen du brukte for å laga vilkåret for gøyming av teksten, og skriv inn ein annan verdi i han."
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk framføre det gøymde tekstfeltet eller det gøymde avsnittet og endra vilkårsuttrykket."
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id1865901\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Gøyma tekst</link>"
#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">Liste over operatorar</link>"
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr "Setja inn hyperlenkjer frå Dokumentstrukturen"
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hyperlenkjer; setja inn frå Dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; hyperlenkjer frå Dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kryssreferansar; setja inn med Dokumentstruktur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Dokumentstruktur;setja inn hyperlenkjer</bookmark_value>"
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Setja inn hyperlenkjer frå Dokumentstrukturen</link></variable>"
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn ein kryssreferanse som ei hyperlenkje i dokumentet ved å bruka Dokumentstrukturen. Du kan òg kryssreferera til element i andre <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>-dokument. Dersom du trykkjer på hyperlenkja når dokumentet er opna i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, vert du ført til det kryssrefererte elementet."
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "Opna dokumentet/dokumenta som inneheld elementa du vil kryssreferera til."
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph> i standardverktøylinja."
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected."
msgstr "Klikk på pila ved sida av ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Dramodus</item> og kontroller at <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn som hyperlenkje</item> er markert."
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "Vel dokumentet som inneheld objektet du vil kryssreferera til i lista nedst i Dokumentstruktur-vindauget."
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr "Trykk på plussteiknet ved sidan av objektet du vil setja inn som ei hyperlenkje i Dokumentstrukturen."
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr "Dra elementet til den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn hyperlenkja."
#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr "Namnet på elementet vert sett inn i dokumentet som ei understreka hyperlenkje."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr "Unngå deling av visse ord"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>orddeling;unngå for visse ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;bryting eller ikkje i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;deling av visse ord</bookmark_value>"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Unngå deling av visse ord</link></variable>"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id5640125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr "Dersom du bruker <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatisk orddeling</link> på teksten og visse ord vert delte feil, eller dersom du vil at visse ord aldri skal verta delte, kan du slå av deling av desse orda:"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>"
msgstr "Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → Språkinnstillingar → Skrivestøtte</emph>"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153658\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr "Vel ei ordbok i lista <emph>Eigne ordlister</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
msgstr "Dersom lista er tom, trykk på <emph>Ny</emph> for å oppretta ei ordliste."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150218\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr "Skriv inn ordet som ikkje skal delast i boksen <emph>Ord</emph>, og eit er lik-teikn (=) etter det, for eksempel «fantastisk=»."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147036\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
msgstr "For snøgt å unngå at eit ord vert delt, merk det, vel <emph>Format → Teikn</emph>, trykk på fana <emph>Skrift</emph> og vel «Ingen» i boksen <emph>Språk</emph>."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262761\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
msgstr "Nokre ord inneheld spesialteikn som %PRODUCTNAME handterar som ei deling. Visss du ikkje ønskjer at slike ord skal delast, kan du setja inn ein spesiell kode som forhindrar orddeling på plasseringa der spesialkoden er sett inn. Dette gjer du slik:"
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
msgstr "Aktiver spesialfunksjonane for språk med kompleks tekstutforming (CTL): Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> → Språkinnstillingar → Språk</item> og merk av for <emph>Kompleks tekstutforming (CTL)</emph>. Klikk på OK."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i teksten der du ikkje vil at eit ord skal verta delt."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Formateringsmerke → Samanbindingsteikn utan breidd</item>."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910572128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
msgstr "Når spesialteiknet er sett inn, kan du slå av CTL igjen. Støtte for CTL var berre nødvendig for å setja inn spesialteiknet."
#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Tekstflyt</link>"
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr "Laga innrykk i avsnitt"
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formatera; innrykk av avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innrykk;i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt; innrykk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hengande innrykk i avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>høgreinnrykk i avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; innrykk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra;innrykk</bookmark_value>"
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"hd_id129398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Laga innrykk i avsnitt</link></variable>"
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id5589159\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area."
msgstr "For å endra måleeiningane som er brukte i dette dialogvindauget, må du velja <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Generelt</item> og deretter ei ny måleeining frå innstillingane."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id9936216\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr "Du kan endra på innrykka for det gjeldande avsnittet, for alle markerte avsnitt eller for ein avsnittsstil."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7953123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
msgstr "Du kan også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">stilla inn innrykk ved å bruka linjalen</link>. Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Linjal</item> for å visa linjalen."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4013794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og mellomrom</item> for å endra på innrykka i det gjeldande avsnittet eller i alle dei markerte avsnitta. Du kan også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">stilla inn innrykk ved å bruka linjalen</link>."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1631824\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på eit avsnitt og vel <item type=\"menuitem\"> Rediger avsnittsstil → Innrykk og mellomrom</item> for å endra på innrykka i alle avsnitta som bruker den same avsnittsstilen."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7271645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number."
msgstr "Innrykk vert rekna ut med venstre- og høgremargane som grenser. Dersom du vil at avsnittet skal gå utanfor margane, kan du skriva inn eit negativt tal."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id2136295\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
msgstr "Verknaden av innrykk er avhengige av skriveretninga. For eksempel er det verdien i <item type=\"menuitem\">Før tekst</item> som gjeld i venstre til høgre-språk. Den venstre kanten av avsnittet vert flytt inn med venstremargen som grense. I språk som vert skrive frå høgre mot venstre, vert den høgre kanten av avsnittet flytt inn med høgremargen som grense."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4186223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
msgstr "For eit hengande innrykk, skriv inn ein positiv verdi i <item type=\"menuitem\">Før tekst</item> og ein negativ verdi i <item type=\"menuitem\">Første linje</item>."
#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1491134\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og mellomrom</link>"
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr "Redigera og fjerna stikkord i register og innhaldslister"
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>register; redigera eller sletta oppføringar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innhaldslister; redigera eller sletta oppføringar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sletta;oppføringar i register/innhaldslister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigera;oppføringar i register og innhaldslister</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Redigera og fjerna stikkord i register og innhaldslister</link></variable>"
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected."
msgstr "Registeroppføringar vert sette inn som felt i dokumentet. For å visa felta i dokumentet, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis</item> og sjå etter at <item type=\"menuitem\"> Feltskugge</item> er merkt."
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155507\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket rett framfor stikkordet i dokumentet."
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155526\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Stikkord</emph> og gjer slik:"
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
msgstr "For å endra ei oppføring, skriv den nye teksten i feltet <emph>Byt ut med</emph>."
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "For å sletta ein makro, vel makroen og trykk <emph>Slett</emph>."
#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
msgstr "For å bla gjennom registeroppføringane i dokumentet, trykk på «Neste» eller «Førre» i dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Rediger registeroppføring</emph></link>."
#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr "Oppdatera, redigera og sletta register og innhaldslister"
#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>register; redigera, oppdatera/sletta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innhaldslister; redigera, oppdatera og sletta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatera;registera/innhaldslister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigera;register/innhaldslister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sletta;register/innhaldslister</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Oppdatera, redigera og sletta register og innhaldslister</link></variable>"
#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i registeret eller innhaldslista."
#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Protected Areas</item> section."
msgstr "Viss du ikkje kan setja markøren i registeret eller innhaldslista, vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Formateringsstøtte</item> og merk av for <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Markør i verna område</item>."
#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr "Høgreklikk og vel eit redigeringsval frå menyen."
#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box."
msgstr "Du kan også gjera endringar direkte i eit register eller ei innhaldsliste. Høgreklikk i registeret eller innhaldslista, vel <emph>Rediger register/innhaldsliste</emph>, trykk på fana <emph>Register/innhaldsliste</emph> og fjern deretter avkryssinga for <emph>Verna mot manuelle endringar</emph>."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "Laga stikkord/oppføringar i register eller innhaldslister"
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>register; lage oppføringar i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innhaldslister; lage oppføringar i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppføringar; lage i register og innhaldslister</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Laga stikkord/oppføringar i register eller innhaldslister</link></variable>"
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155862\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
msgstr "Slik lagar du stikkordsoppføringar"
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3156380\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
msgstr "Trykk på eit ord, eller vel det ordet i dokumentet du vil bruka som stikkord."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Register/innhaldsliste → Stikkordmarkering</emph> og gjer slik:"
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
msgstr "Du kan endra teksten som vert vist i innhaldslista ved å skriva inn den ønskte teksten i feltet <emph>Skriv inn</emph>. Teksten du skriv inn her, vert ikkje set inn i dokumentet i staden for den merkte teksten."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
msgstr "Om du vil leggja til eit indeksmerke på liknande ord i dokumentet, vel <emph>Bruk på liknande ord</emph>."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vel ei ordbok i lista <emph>Eigne ordlister</emph>, og trykk på <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "Slik lagar du oppføringar i innhaldslister"
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147132\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr "Den beste måten å laga ei innhaldsliste på er å bruka dei førehandslaga stilane for avsnittsoverskrifter, som for eksempel «Overskrift 1» på dei avsnitta som skal vera med i innhaldslista."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150230\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
msgstr "Slik bruker du ein tilpassa avsnittsstil som ei oppføring i ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph> og trykk på fana <emph>Nummerering</emph>."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "Vel den avsnittsstilen du vil ta med i innhaldslista i boksen <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph>."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150523\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr "Trykk på det dokumentnivået du vil bruka avsnittsstilen på i <emph>Nivålista</emph>."
#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153730\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>. Du kan nå bruka denne stilen på overskrifter i dokumentet og få desse med i innhaldslista."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Formatera eit register eller ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>registrer; formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigera; registerformat</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innhaldsliste; formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>element; i innhaldslister, som hyperlenkjer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innhaldslister; hyperlenkjer som element</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlenkjer; i innhaldslister og register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;register og innhaldslister</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatera eit register eller ei innhaldsliste</link></variable>"
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3154259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Du kan bruka ulike avsnittsstilar, tildela hyperlenkjer til oppføringar, endra utsjånaden til register og endra bakgrunnsfargen i dialogvindauget <emph>Set inn register</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
msgstr "Slik bruker du ein annan avsnittsstil på eit registernivå"
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i registeret eller innhaldslista og vel <emph>Rediger register/innhaldsliste</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150229\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr "Trykk på eit registernivå i <emph>Nivålista</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150934\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
msgstr "Trykk på stilen du vil bruka i lista <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på tildelingsknappen <emph><</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146878\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Slik set du inn hyperlenkjer i oppføringar i ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3146890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
msgstr "Du kan laga kryssreferansar som hyperlenkjer på punkta i ei innhaldsliste."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150712\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i innhaldslista og vel <emph>Rediger register/innhaldsliste</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150738\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
msgstr "Trykk på det dokumentnivået du vil bruka avsnittsstilen på i <item type=\"menuitem\">Nivå</item>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148424\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk i feltet framføre <emph>O#</emph> og deretter på <emph>Hyperlenke</emph> i området <emph>Struktur</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3153171\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk i feltet etter <emph>O</emph> og trykk deretter på <emph>Hyperlenkje</emph>."
#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147060\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
msgstr "Gjenta for kvart overskriftsnivå som du vil laga hyperlenkje for, eller trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Alle</item> for å bruka formateringa på alle nivåa."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr "Laga alfabetiske register"
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ordindeksfil; register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>register; alfabetiske register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alfabetiske register</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Laga alfabetiske register</link></variable>"
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn registeret."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Innhaldsliste og register → Innhaldsliste, register eller bibliografi</emph>."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Type</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr "Vel «Alfabetisk register» i <emph>Type</emph> på fana <emph>Type</emph>."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr "Vil du bruka ei stikkordfil, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Stikkordfil</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Innstillingar</item>, trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil</item> og finn ei stikkordfil som finst frå før, eller lag ei ny."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel formateringsinnstillingane for registeret i den gjeldande fana eller i ei av dei andre fanene i dialogvindauget. Viss du for eksempel vil bruka enkeltbokstavar i overskrifter i registeret, trykk på fana <emph>Oppføringar</emph> og vel <emph>Alfabetisk skiljeteikn</emph>. For å endra på formateringa for nivå i registeret, trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i registeret og vel <emph>Oppdater register/innhaldsliste</emph> for å oppdatera det."
#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Laga ei stikkordfil</link>"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr "Laga ei litteraturliste"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>register; laga litteraturlister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databasar; laga litteraturlister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>litteraturlister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilvisingar; litteraturlister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lagra litteraturinformasjon</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Laga ei litteraturliste</link></variable>"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr "Ei litteraturliste er ei liste over verk det er referert til i eit dokument."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr "Lagra litteraturinformasjon"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
msgstr "$[officename] lagrar litteraturinformasjon i ein litteraturdatabase eller i eit eige dokument."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "Slik lagrar du informasjon i litteraturdatabasen"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
msgstr "Vel <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Verktøy → Litteraturdatabase</emph></link>"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155900\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Oppføring</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på litteraturtilvisinga i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kortnamn</item> og legg til meir informasjon om oppføringa i dei andre felta."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window."
msgstr "Lukk dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Litteraturdatabase</item>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
msgstr "For å lagra litteraturinformasjon i eit enkeltståande dokument"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150945\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil leggja til litteraturtilvisinga."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Set inn → Register/innhaldsliste → Litteraturtilvising</emph></link>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150525\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Frå dokumentinnhald</emph> og trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153738\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på litteraturtilvisinga i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kortnamn</item>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153763\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "Vel kjeldeteksten for oppføringa i <item type=\"menuitem\">Typelista</item> og legg til meir informasjon om kjelda i dei andre boksane."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "I dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn litteraturtilvising</item>, klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> og deretter <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150741\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "Setja inn oppføringar frå litteraturdatabasen"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil leggja til litteraturtilvisinga."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Register og innhaldslister → Litteraturtilvising</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Frå Litteraturdatabase</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147059\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på litteraturtilvisinga i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kortnamn</item>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147085\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3156060\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Litteraturdatabasen</link>"
#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id6367076\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
msgstr "Nokre eksterne verktøy som er laga til handsaming av litteraturdatabasar kan brukast saman med %PRODUCTNAME. Eit eksempel på dette er <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr "Register som dekkjer fleire dokument"
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>register; fleire dokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fleire dokument; register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå saman;register</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hovuddokument;register</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Register som dekkjer fleire dokument</link></variable>"
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr "Det er fleire måtar å oppretta eit register som går over fleire dokument på:"
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr "Lag eit <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">register i kvart enkelt dokument</link>, kopier og sett registera inn i eitt enkelt dokument og rediger dei etterpå."
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147118\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr "Merk kvart register og klikk <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Bolk</item></link> og skriv deretter inn eit namn på registeret. I eit anna dokument vel du <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Bolk</item>, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenkje</item>, trykk på bla gjennom-knappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">…</item>) og set inn ein namngjeven registerbolk."
#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150230\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr "Lag eit <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">hovuddokument</link>, legg til filene du vil ha med i registeret som deldokument og vel deretter <emph>Set inn → Innhaldsliste og register → Innhaldsliste, register eller bibliografi</emph>."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Laga ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>innhaldslister; laga og oppdatera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatera; innhaldslister</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Laga ei innhaldsliste</link></variable>"
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
msgstr "Den beste måten å laga ei innhaldsliste på er å bruka førehandslaga stilar, som for eksempel «Overskrift 1», på overskriftene til dei avsnitta du vil ha med i innhaldslista. Etter at desse stilane er i bruk, kan du laga innhaldslista."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id5876949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil laga innhaldslista."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Type</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Innhaldsliste og register → Innhaldsliste, register eller bibliografi</emph> og klikk så på fana <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Type\"><emph>Type</emph></link>."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153746\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr "Vel «Innhaldsliste» i <emph>Typeboksen</emph>."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "Vel dei innstillingane som skal brukast."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr "Viss du vil bruka ein annan avsnittsstil som ein stil i innhaldslista, kan du velja avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tilleggsstilar</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Opprett frå</item> og så trykkja på <item type=\"menuitem\">Tildel stilar</item>. I dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Tildel stilar</item> må du trykkja på ein av stilane i lista og deretter på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> for å setja disposisjonsnivået."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153148\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Slik oppdaterer du ei innhaldsliste"
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153161\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i innhaldslista og vel <emph>Oppdater register/innhaldsliste</emph>."
#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147066\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Alle register og innhaldslister</emph>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr "Tilpassa register"
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>register; laga sjølvvalde register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sjølvvalde register</bookmark_value>"
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">Tilpassa register</link></variable>"
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr "Du kan oppretta så mange tilpassa register som du vil."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "Slik lagar du eit sjølvvald register"
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr "Merk eitt eller fleire ord du vil leggja til i eit tilpassa register."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Innhaldsliste og register → Indeksoppføring</emph>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Brukardefinert</item> ved sida av boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Register</item>"
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på registeret i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Namn</item> og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> for å leggja til dei merkte orda i det nye registeret."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147139\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Lukk</item>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "Slik set du inn eit sjølvvald register"
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn registeret."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150952\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Innhaldsliste og register → Innhaldsliste, register eller bibliografi</emph>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box."
msgstr "I fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> vel du namnet på den brukardefinerte oppføringa som du laga i <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146881\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "Vel dei innstillingane som skal brukast."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150720\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional styles</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr "Viss du vil bruka ein annan avsnittsstil som ei oppføring i innhaldslista, merk av i avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tilleggsstilar</item> og trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Bruk stilar</item> ved sida av boksen. I dialogvindauget som kjem fram vel du avsnittsstilen du vil bruka og trykkjer på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> for å velja disposisjonsnivået for avsnittsstilen."
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr "Setja inn tekst før ein tabell øvst på ei side"
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; først/sist i dokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt; setja inn før/etter tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; avsnitt før/etter tabellar</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Setja inn tekst før ein tabell øvst på ei side</link></variable>"
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
msgstr "Dersom du vil setja inn tekst før ein tabell som er øvst på ei side, kan du trykkja i den første cella i tabellen, framfor innhaldet i henne og så trykkja <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> eller <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Tilval</item> </caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt </item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\"> + Enter</item>."
#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_idN10612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>."
msgstr "For å setja inn tekst etter ein tabell i slutten av dokumentet, gå til siste cella i tabellen og trykk<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\"> + Enter</item>."
#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete"
#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; setja inn bilete i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; setja inn i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; bilete</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; innstillingar for innsetjing</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Setja inn bilete</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"par_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr "Det er fleire måtar å setja inn eit bilete i eit tekstdokument på."
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete frå ei fil"
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bilete; setja inn ved bruk av dialogvindauge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; bilete, ved bruk av dialogvindauge</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Setja inn bilete frå ei fil</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155914\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn biletet."
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Image - From File\"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vel <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Image - From File\"><emph>Set inn → Bilete → Frå fil</emph></link>."
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156021\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "Finn biletfila du vil setja inn, og trykk på <emph>Opna</emph>."
#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
msgstr "Som standard vert det innsette biletet midtstilt over avsnittet du klikka i."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr "Setja inn eit Calc-diagram i eit tekstdokument"
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152999\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>diagram; kopiera frå Calc til Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiera; diagram frå $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdokument; setja inn Calc diagram</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152999\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Setja inn eit Calc-diagram i eit tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn ein kopi av eit diagram i eit tekstdokument. Dette vert ikkje oppdatert når du endrar diagramdataa i reknearket."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3149054\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr "Opna tekstdokumentet du vil kopiera diagrammet til."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr "Opna reknearket som inneheld diagrammet du vil kopiera."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr "Trykk på diagrammet i reknearket. Åtte handtak dukkar då opp."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr "Dra diagrammet frå reknearket til tekstdokumentet."
#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr "Du kan endra storleiken på og flytte diagrammet i tekstdokumentet på same måten som med andre objekt. For å redigera diagramdataa kan du dobbeltklikka på diagrammet."
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete frå $[officename] Draw eller Impress"
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; setja inn bilete frå Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; setja inn frå Draw</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Setja inn bilete frå $[officename] Draw eller Impress</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "Opna dokumentet du vil setja objektet inn i."
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
msgstr "Opna det Draw- eller Impressdokumentet som inneheld objektet du vil kopiera."
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
msgstr "Hald nede <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> og trykk og hald objektet ei lita stund."
#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "Dra det til dokumentet du vil setja det inn i."
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr "Setja inn bilete frå galleriet med dra og slepp"
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>setja inn; frå galleriet til teksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; setja inn frå galleriet til teksten</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>byta ut; objekt frå galleriet</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Setja inn bilete frå galleriet med dra og slepp</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr "Du kan dra og sleppa eit objekt frå galleriet inn i eit tekstdokument, eit rekneark, ei teikning eller ein presentasjon."
#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr "For å byta ut eit galleriobjekt du har sett inn i eit dokument, kan du halda nede tastane Skift + Ctrl, og deretter dra eit anna galleriobjekt oppå det gamle objektet."
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr "Setja inn eit innskanna bilete"
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>setja inn;skanna bilete</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; skanna inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skanna bilete</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Setja inn eit innskanna bilete</link></variable>"
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr "For å setja inn eit innskanna bilete må skannaren vere kopla til systemet ditt, og skannarprogramvaren må vera installert."
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Skannaren må støtta standarden TWAIN. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">Skannaren må støtta standarden SANE.</caseinline></switchinline>"
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn det innskanna biletet."
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
msgstr "Vel <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Media - Scan\"><emph>Set inn → Media → Skann</emph></link> og vel skannekjelda frå undermenyen."
#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr "Følg skanneinstruksjonane."
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr "Endra disposisjonsnivået i nummererte lister og punktlister"
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabulatorar; setja inn i lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering; endra nivået på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;endra nivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nivå;endra disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punktlister;endra nivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>senka disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heva disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra;disposisjonsnivå</bookmark_value>"
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Endra disposisjonsnivået i nummererte lister og punktlister</link></variable>"
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr "For å flytte eit avsnitt som inneheld ei nummerert liste eller punktliste eitt disposisjonsnivå ned, trykk ved byrjinga av avsnittet og deretter på Tabulator-tasten."
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr "For å flytte eit avsnitt som inneheld ei nummerert liste eller punktliste eitt disposisjonsnivå opp, trykk ved byrjinga av avsnittet og deretter på Shift + Tabulator."
#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
msgstr "For å setja inn ein tabulator mellom talet eller punktteiknet og avsnittsteksten, trykkjer du ved byrjinga av avsnittet og deretter på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Tabulator."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr "Slå saman nummererte lister"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150495\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; slå saman</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fletta;nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå saman;nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;slå saman nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;nummerere ikkje-etterfølgjande</bookmark_value>"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150495\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Slå saman nummererte lister</link></variable>"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr "Du kan slå saman fleire lister til éi enkelt nummerert liste."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149452\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
msgstr "Slik slår du saman etterfølgjande nummererte lister"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154479\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr "Vel alle avsnitta som inneheld listene."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
msgstr "Klikk to gongar på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering på/av</item> på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ei nummerert liste frå ikkje-samanhengande avsnitt:"
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
msgstr "Hald Ctrl-tasten nede, og gjer ei markering i det første nummererte avsnittet. Det er berre nødvendig å markera eitt enkelt teikn."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr "Hald fram med å halda Ctrl nede, og gjer ei markering i kvart nummerert avsnitt på listene du vil slå saman."
#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice."
msgstr "Klikk to gongar på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering på/av</item> på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>."
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr "Gå til eit visst bokmerke"
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bokmerke; plassera skrivemerket</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gå;til bokmerke</bookmark_value>"
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Gå til eit visst bokmerke</link></variable>"
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
msgstr "For å gå til eit bestemt bokmerke i dokumentet kan du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">halda nede Ctrl og trykkja</caseinline><defaultinline>høgreklikka</defaultinline></switchinline> i feltet <emph>Side</emph> på <emph>statuslinja</emph> og velja bokmerket."
#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Set inn bokmerke</link>"
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr "Bruka snøggtastar (tilgjenge i $[officename] Writer)"
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151169\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tastatur; tilgjenge $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilgjenge; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151169\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Bruka snøggtastar (tilgjenge i $[officename] Writer)</link></variable>"
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr "Trykk tastekombinasjonen <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Innstillingar</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + <understreka teikn> for å opna ein meny. Trykk den understreka bokstaven i menyen for å køyra ein kommando. Trykk for eksempel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Innstillingar</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + I for å opna menyen <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item> og deretter T for å setja inn ein tabell."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
msgstr "For å opna ein sprettoppmeny, trykk på Skift + F10. For å lukka ein sprettoppmeny, trykk Escape."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Sections"
msgstr "Slik set du inn bolkar"
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Verktøylinjer → Set inn</emph> for å opna verktøylinja <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>F6</emph> til fokuset er på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item>."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "Trykk på tasten «Pil høgre» til knappen <emph>Bolk</emph> er vald."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3145100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "Trykk på pil ned og deretter pil høgre for å velja breidda på bolken du vil setja inn."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Trykk Enter."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>F6</emph> for å plassera skrivemerket i dokumentet."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153367\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
msgstr "Slik set du inn teksttabellar"
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>F6</emph> til fokuset er på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item>."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154849\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "Trykk på Pil høgre til knappen <emph>Tabell</emph> er vald."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr "Trykk på pil ned, og bruk deretter piltastane for å velja talet på kolonnar og rader tabellen skal ha."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155892\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Trykk Enter."
#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>F6</emph> for å plassera skrivemerket i dokumentet."
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr "Bruka stilar frå eit anna dokument eller ein annan mal"
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formateringsstilar; importera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stilar; importera frå andre filer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importera;stilar fra andre filer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opna;stilar frå andre filer</bookmark_value>"
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Bruka stilar frå eit anna dokument eller ein annan mal</link></variable>"
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
msgstr "Du kan importera stilar frå eit anna dokument eller ein annan mal til det gjeldande dokumentet."
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155910\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> sidebar deck."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph> for å opna sidepanelet for <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_idN10703\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
msgstr "Trykk på pila ved sida av ikonet <emph>Ny stil frå utval</emph> for å opna undermenyen."
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_idN1070B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Last inn stilar</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
msgstr "Bruk avkryssingsboksene nedst i dialogvindauget for å velja kva stiltyper du vil importera. For å byta ut stilar med same namnet i det gjeldande dokumentet som dei du importerar, vel <emph>Skriv over</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på pila ved sida av <emph>uthevingsknappen</emph> på <emph>formateringslinja</emph> og vel <emph>Utan fyll</emph>."
#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>Frå fil</emph>, finn fila som inneheld stilane du vil bruka og trykk på filnamnet og deretter på <emph>Opna</emph>."
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr "Hjelp til bruk av $[officename] Writer"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; hjelp</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hjelp; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Hjelp til bruk av $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155156\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "Skriva inn og formatera tekst"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "Skriva inn og formatera tekst automatisk"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150742\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr "Bruka stilar, sidenummerering og felt"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr "Redigera av tabellar i tekst"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155590\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr "Bilete, teikningar, utklippsbilete, Fontwork"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr "Innhaldsliste, register"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150427\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr "Overskrifter, nummereringstypar"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154464\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr "Topptekstar, botntekstar, fotnotar"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152948\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr "Redigera andre objekt i tekstar"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154324\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr "Stavekontroll, ordbøker, orddeling"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr "Standardbrev, etikettar og visittkort"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145730\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr "Arbeida med dokument"
#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156315\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Ymse"
#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr "Dokumentstrukturen i tekstdokument"
#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Dokumentstruktur; oversikt i tekstar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlenkjer;gå til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekt;flytta raskt til, inne i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer;gå til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar;gå til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter;gå til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;gå til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gå;til tekstelement</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oversiktar;Dokumentstruktur i tekstdokument</bookmark_value>"
#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Dokumentstrukturen i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr "<emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph> viser dei ulike delane av dokumentet, som for eksempel overskrifter, tabellar, rammer, objekt eller hyperlenkjer."
#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3154247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
msgstr "Trykk på «F5» for å opna <emph>Dokumentstrukturen</emph>."
#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155878\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
msgstr "For å gå til ei plassering i dokumentet kan du dobbeltklikka på eit element i vindauget <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph> eller skriva inn sidetalet i talboksen."
#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3147108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Dokumentstruktur</link>"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr "Oppretta tekst som ikkje skal skrivast ut"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst som ikkje skal skrivast ut</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; ikkje utskriftbar</bookmark_value>"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Oppretta tekst som ikkje skal skrivast ut</link></variable>"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id4685201\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr "For å oppretta tekst som ikkje skal skrivast ut, gjer du dette:"
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149789\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Ramme</item> og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr "Skriv inn tekst i ramma og endra storleiken på henne dersom du vil det."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Ramme og objekt → Eigenskapar</item> og trykk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Val</item>."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga i boksen <emph>Skriv ut</emph> i området <emph>Eigenskapar</emph>."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150320\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3138828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Gøyma tekst</link>"
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr "Slå av eller på talgjenkjenning i tabellar"
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tal; automatisk gjenkjenning i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; talgjenkjenning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>datoar;automatisk formatering i tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gjenkjenning;tal</bookmark_value>"
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Slå av eller på talgjenkjenning i tabellar</link></variable>"
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk formatera datoar du har skrive inn i ein tabell, ut frå dei regionale innstillingane du bruker i operativsystemet ditt."
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3149966\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i ein tabell og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Talgjenkjenning</item>. Når denne funksjonen er slått på, vil dette vera hukka av framføre kommandoen <item type=\"menuitem\">Talgjenkjenning</item>."
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
msgstr "Vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</caseinline><defaultinline>Verktøy → Innstillingar</defaultinline></switchinline> → <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer → Tabell</item> og merk eller avmerk boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Talgjenkjenning</item>."
#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</caseinline><defaultinline>Verktøy → Innstillingar</defaultinline></switchinline> → <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer → Tabell</link>"
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr "Oppgje talfølgjer"
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;prisar og liknande element</bookmark_value>"
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Oppgje talfølgjer</link></variable>"
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
msgstr "Du kan automatisk nummerera like element, som for eksempel sitat, i dokumentet."
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
msgstr "Skriv inn teksten du vil bruka nummerering på, for eksempel «Sitat nr. »."
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155048\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Felt → Fleire felt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Variablar</item>."
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "Klikk på «Talfølgje» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv «Sitat» i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Namn</item>."
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit tal i skrivefeltet <emph>Verdi</emph> eller lat feltet vera tomt for å bruka automatisk nummerering."
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
msgstr "Trykk på den linja du vil setja inn i lista <emph>Utval</emph>."
#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Ny</emph>, og deretter <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr "Leggja til linjenummer"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>linjenummer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; linjenummer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;linjenummer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerera; linjer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummer; linjenummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>margtal på tekstsider</bookmark_value>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Leggja til linjenummer</link></variable>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr "$[officename] kan leggja til linjenummer i eit heilt dokument eller utvalde avsnitt i dokumentet. Linjenummera vert tekne med når du skriv ut dokumentet. Du kan oppgje intervallar for linjenummer, startlinjenummer og om blanke linjer eller linjer i rammer skal teljast med. Du kan også leggja til eit skiljeteikn mellom linjenummera."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id7184972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr "Linjenummer er ikkje tilgjengelege i HTML-format."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
msgstr "Slik legg du til linjenummer i eit heilt dokument"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Linjenummerering</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis nummerering</emph> og vel dei ønskte innstillingane."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
msgstr "Slik legg du til linjenummer til enkelte avsnitt"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3156264\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Linjenummerering</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153385\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis nummerering</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd + T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for å opna vindauget <emph>Stilhandsamar</emph>, og klikk på knappen <emph>Avsnitsstilar</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på avsnittsstilen «Standard» og vel <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150222\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "Alle avsnittsstilar er baserte på stilen «Standard»."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klikk på fana <emph>Disposisjon og nummerering</emph>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
msgstr "Fjern meket i avkryssningsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Ta med dette avsnittet i linjenummereringa</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linjenummerering</item>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151077\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr "Merk avsnittet/avsnitta du vil leggja til linjenummerering på."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Disposisjon og nummerering</item>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153733\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vel avkryssingsboksen <emph>Ta med dette avsnittet i linjenummereringa</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3146864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr "Du kan også oppretta ein avsnittsstil som inneheld linjenummerering og bruka han på dei avsnitta du vil skal vera nummererte."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146880\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
msgstr "Slik lagar du det første linjenummeret"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150703\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr "Trykk i eit avsnitt."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150721\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Disposisjon og nummerering</item>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148389\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box."
msgstr "Vel avkryssingsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Ta med dette avsnittet i linjenummereringa</item>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box."
msgstr "Kryss av for <item type=\"menuitem\">Start på nytt ved dette avsnittet</item>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153779\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit linjenummer i skrivefeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Start med</item>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153804\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153934\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Verktøy → Linjenummerering</link>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153960\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format → Avsnitt → Nummerering</link>"
#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id2212591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wikiside (på engelsk) om å nummerere avsnitt ved hjelp av stilar</link>"
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr "Endra nummereringa i ei nummerert liste"
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; fjerna/avbryta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punktlister; avbryta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;fjerna/avbryta nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sletta;tal i lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avbryta nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra;starttal i lister</bookmark_value>"
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Endra nummereringa i ei nummerert liste</link></variable>"
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3145092\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr "Du kan fjerna nummereringa frå eit avsnitt i ei nummerert liste eller endra talet ei nummerert liste startar med."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id2172612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr "Viss du ønskjer nummererte overskrifter, bruk menyen <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph> for å kopla ei nummerering til ein avsnittsstil. Ikkje bruk knappen «Nummerering» på verktøylinja «Formatering»."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
msgstr "Slik fjernar du talet frå eit avsnitt i ei nummerert liste"
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3156248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
msgstr "Trykk framfor det første teiknet i avsnittet du vil fjerna nummereringa frå."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
msgstr "For å fjerna nummeret og behalda innrykkinga av avsnittet, trykk på rettetasten (Backspace)."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Nummerering av/på</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Formatering</emph> for å fjerna avsnittsnummeringa og -innrykk. Viss du lagrar dokumentet i HTML-format, vert det laga ei eiga nummerert liste for dei nummererte avsnitta som kjem etter det gjeldande avsnittet."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
msgstr "Slik endrar du nummeret som ei nummerert liste byrjar med"
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155877\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr "Trykk kvar som helst i den nummererte lista."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Punktlister og nummerering</emph> og klikk på fana<emph>Val</emph>."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3148691\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start at</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv inn nummeret lista skal byrja med i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Start ved</item>."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3147116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id6943571\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wikiside (på engelsk) om å nummerere avsnitt ved hjelp av stilar</link>"
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr "Setja inn og fjerna sideskift"
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sideskift; setja inn og sletta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sletta;sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider; setja inn/sletta sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuelle sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar;fjerna sideskift framføre</bookmark_value>"
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Setja inn og fjerna sideskift</link></variable>"
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "Slik set du inn eit manuelt sideskift"
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil at den nye sida skal byrja."
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>Ctrl + Enter</emph>."
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "Slik slettar du eit manuelt sideskift"
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
msgstr "Trykk framfor det første teiknet på sida som kjem etter eit manuelt sideskift."
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149608\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr "Trykk på rettetasten."
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
msgstr "Slik slettar du eit manuelt sideskift før ein tabell"
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3145111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i tabellen og vel <emph>Tabell</emph>."
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3156254\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Klikk på fana <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Tekstflyt</emph></link>."
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153380\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
msgstr "Fjern avkryssinga i boksen <emph>Skift</emph>."
#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Set inn skift»</link>"
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr "Endra sidebakgrunn"
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"bm_id8431653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestilar;bakgrunnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bakgrunnar; ulike sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra;sidebakgrunnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;bakgrunnar</bookmark_value>"
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Endra sidebakgrunn</link></variable>"
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr "$[officename] bruker sidestilar for å velja bakgrunn for sidene i eit dokument. Eit eksempel: For å endra bakgrunnen på éi eller fleire sider i eit dokument til eit vassmerke, kan du oppretta ein sidestil, som bruker dette vassmerket som bakgrunn og deretter bruka denne sidestilen på sidene."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr "Endra sidebakgrunnen"
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10827\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1082F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestilar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på eit element i lista over sidestilar og vel <emph>Ny</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1083F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på sidestilen i feltet <emph>Namn</emph> på fana <emph>Handsamar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1084B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
msgstr "Vel sidestilen som du vil bruka på den neste sida i boksen <emph>Neste stil</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr "Ta i bruk sidestilen på dei sidene du ønskjer."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
msgstr "For å bruka den nye sidestilen på alle dei følgjande sidene, marker namnet på den nye sidestilen."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1085F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page."
msgstr "I listeboksen øvst kan du velja om du ønskjer ein farge eller eit bilete til bakgrunn. Deretter kan du velja dei andre inntillingane."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1086B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr "Endra sidebakgrunnen på alle sidene i eit dokument"
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "Sjå til at du har laga ein sidestil som bruker sidebakgrunn før du held fram. Sjå <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Endra sidebakgrunnen</link> for detaljar om det."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10892\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1089A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestilar</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på sidestilen som har den sidebakgrunnen du vil bruka."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr "Bruka ulike sidebakgrunnar i det same dokumentet"
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "Sjå til at du har laga ein sidestil som bruker sidebakgrunn før du held fram. Sjå <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Endra sidebakgrunnen</link> for meir informasjon om det."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
msgstr "Trykk framfor det første teiknet i avsnittet du vil skifta sidebakgrunn på."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Sideskift</emph>."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background."
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilboksen</item> vel du ein sidestil som brukar sidebakgrunnen."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr "For å endra sidestilen berre for den gjeldande sida, vel ein sidestil der «Neste stil» er sett til «Standard»."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr "For å endra bakgrunnen for den gjeldande sida og dei etterfølgjande sidene, vel ein sidestil der «Neste stil» er sett til å vera den same som den ønskte sidestilen."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
msgstr "Dersom du vil endra sidebakgrunn seinare i dokumentet, så gjenta trinn 1 til 3."
#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Page Numbers"
msgstr "Sidetal"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id5918759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetal;setja inn/oppgje/formatera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidestilar;sidenummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>første sidenummer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;sidenummer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>angje;første sidenummer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn;sidenummer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stilar;sidenummer</bookmark_value>"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id413830\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Sidetal</link></variable>"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1617175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr "I Writer er sidetalet eit felt som du kan setja inn i dokumentet."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id6091494\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
msgstr "Slik set du inn sidetal"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id8611102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Felt→ Sidetal</emph> for å setja inn eit sidetal der skrivemerket står."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6604510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
msgstr "Viss du ser teksten «Sidetal» i staden for talet, må du velja <emph>Vis → Feltnamn</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2678914\n"
"help.text"
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr "Desse felta vert flytte når du legg til eller fjernar tekst. Difor er det er best å setja inn sidetalfeltet i ein topptekst eller botntekst, som har den same plasseringa og er brukte på alle sider."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id614642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Topptekst → (namn på sidestil)</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Topptekst og botntekst → Botntekst → (namn på sidestil)</item> for å leggja til ein topptekst eller ein botntekst til alle sidene med den gjeldande sidestilen."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id2551652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
msgstr "Slik byrjar du med eit vald sidetal"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6111941\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr "Nokre gongar vil du kanskje ha meir kontroll over sidenummereringa i dokumentet. I dette eksempelet vil du at tekstdokumentet skal byrja med side 12."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5757621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr "Trykk i det første avsnittet i dokumentet."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2632831\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Avsnitt</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4395275\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "I området «Skift» slår du på <emph>Set inn</emph>. Slå på <emph>Med sidestil</emph> for å kunna setja inn det nye<emph>Sidetalet</emph>. Trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1654408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr "Det nye sidetalet er ein eigenskap av det første avsnittet på sida."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id7519150\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
msgstr "Slik formaterar du sidetalsstilen"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9029206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr "Kanskje ønskjer du sidetal som romartala i, ii, iii, iv og så vidare."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3032319\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk rett før sidetalsfeltet. Dialogvindauget <emph>Rediger felt</emph> kjem fram."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9139378\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vel eit talformat og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5051728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
msgstr "Bruka ulike sidetalsstilar"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1558885\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
msgstr "Kanskje ønskjer du at nokre av sidene skal ha sidetal som romartal og at nokre skal ha ein annan stil."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1541184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr "I Writer treng du ulike sidestilar. Den første sidestilen har ein botntekst med eit sidetalfelt formatert for romarske tal. Dei følgjande sidestilane har ein botntekst med eit sidetalfelt i ein annan stil."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id18616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr "Begge sidestilane må vera skilde av eit sideskift. I Writer kan du ha automatiske sideskift og manuelle sideskift."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6138492\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr "Eit <emph>automatisk sideskift</emph> kjem fram ved slutten av ei side når den gjeldande sidestilen har ein annan «Neste stil»."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4569231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr "For eksempel har sidestilen «Første side» «Standard» som neste stil. For å sjå dette trykkjer du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd + T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for å opna vindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilhandsamar</item>. Trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestilar</item> og høgreklikk på oppføringa «Føste side». Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger</item> på sprettoppmenyen. «Neste stil» er synleg på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Handsamar</item>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id291451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
msgstr "Eit <emph>manuelt sideskift</emph> kan brukast både med eller utan endring av sidestil."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3341776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
msgstr "Viss du berre trykkjer <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl + Enter</item>, set du inn eit manuelt sideskift utan å endra stilar."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5947141\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr "Vel du <emph>Set inn → Manuelt skift</emph>, kan du setja inn eit sideskift med eller utan endring av stilen, eller med ei endring av sidetal."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1911679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
msgstr "Kva som er best er avhengig av dokumentet: Å bruka manuelle sideskift mellom sidestilar, eller automatiske skift. Viss du berre treng ei tittelside med ein annen stil enn dei andre sidene, kan du bruka den automatiske metoden:"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id9364909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
msgstr "Slik legg du ein annan sidestil til den første sida"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4473403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr "Trykk på den første sida i dokumentet."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4313791\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4331797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph> og klikk på knappen <emph>Avsnittsstilar</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4191717\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på stilen <emph>Første side</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2318796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "No har tittelsida di stilen <emph>Første side</emph> og dei neste sidene får automatisk stilen <emph>Standard</emph>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id399182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
msgstr "Nå kan du for eksempel setja inn ein botntekst berre for sidestilen «Standard», eller setja inn botntekstar på begge sidestilane, men med ulikt formaterte sidetalsfelt."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5298318\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
msgstr "Slik legg du til eit manuelt skift av sidestil"
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7588732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
msgstr "Klikk i byrjinga av det første avsnittet på sida der ein annan sidestil skal brukast."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id95828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Manuelt skift</emph>. Dialogvindauget <emph>Set inn skift</emph> kjem fram."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3496200\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Vel ein stil i listeboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item>. Du kan også setja eit nytt sidetal. Trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7599108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
msgstr "Den valde sidestilen vert brukt frå det gjeldande avsnittet til det neste sideskiftet med stil. Du må kanskje laga den nye sidestilen først."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr "Endra sideretning (liggjande eller ståande)"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"bm_id9683828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestilar;retning/bruksområde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideformat; endra individuelle sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; endra individuelle sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ståande og liggjande</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>liggjande og ståande</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skriva ut;ståande/liggjande format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideretning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>papirretning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;retning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidelengs sideretning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bruksområde for sidestilar</bookmark_value>"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN106FF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Endra sideretning (liggjande eller ståande)</link></variable>"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6418042\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages."
msgstr "Alle sideeigenskapar for Writer-dokument, som for eksempel sideretning, vert styrt av sidestilar. Som standard vert stilen «Standard» til alle sidene i eit nytt tekstdokument. Viss du opnar eit eksisterande tekstdokument, kan ulike sidestilar ha vorte brukte på ulike sider."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id8324533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr "Det er viktig å vita at dei endringane du gjer med ein sideeigenskap berre vil påverka dei sidene som bruker den gjeldande sidestilen. Kva for sidestil som gjeld er vist i statuslinja i nedre vindaugskant."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7524033\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
msgstr "Slik endrar du sideretninga for alle sidene"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6307260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr "Dersom tekstdokumentet berre inneheld sider med same sidestil, kan du endra eigenskapane for sida direkte:"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5256508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9681997\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7994323\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirformat</item> vel «Ståande» eller «Liggjande»."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7069002\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id4202398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
msgstr "Slik endrar du sideretninga på nokre sider"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text."
msgstr "$[officename] bruker sidestilar for å styra retninga av sidene i eit dokument. Sidestilar styrer fleire sideeigenskapar, som for eksempel topptekst, botntekst og sidemargar. Du kan anten endra «Standard» sidestil for det gjeldande dokumentet eller definera eigne sidestilar og bruka desse på einskilde delar av teksten."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1449324\n"
"help.text"
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
msgstr "På slutten av denne hjelpesida vert føremålet med sidestilar teke opp i detaljar. Dersom du ikkje heilt forstår deg på sidestilar, kan du lesa avsnittet på slutten av denne sida."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1480758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr "Til skilnad frå teiknstilar og avsnittsstilar står ikkje sidestilane i eit hierarki. Du kan oppretta ein ny sidestil basert på eigenskapane for ein sidestil som finst frå før, men når du seinare endrar på kjeldestilen vil ikkje den nye sidestilen automatisk arva endringane."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2962126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr "Dersom du berre vil endra sideretninga for den gjeldande sida, kan du først laga ein sidestil og deretter bruka denne stilen:"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10727\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis→ Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10741\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestilar</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10749\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på ein sidestil og vel <emph>Ny</emph>. Den nye sidestilen får dei same eigenskapane som den valde sidestilen."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr "Skriv inn eit namn på sidestilen i feltet <emph>Namn</emph> på fana <emph>Handsamar</emph>, for eksempel «Liggjande»."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1075D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr "Vel sidestilen som skal brukast på den neste sida i feltet <emph>Neste stil</emph>. Sjå også avsnittet om omfanget av sidestilane nedst på denne sida."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1077D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirformat</item>, vel «Ståande» eller «Liggjande»."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN108AE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1658375\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
msgstr "Du har nå laga ein gyldig sidestil med namnet «Liggjande». Dobbeltklikk på sidestilen «Liggjande» i vindauget <emph>Stilhandsamar</emph> for å bruka den nye stilen. Alle sider i virkefeltet for dei gjeldande sidestilane vert endra. Viss du oppga «Neste stil» til å vera ein annen stil, vert berre den første sida av det gjeldande virkefeltet for sidestilar endra."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id6082949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
msgstr "Bruksområdet for sidestilar"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2858668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr "Du bør vera klar over omfanget til sidestilar i %PRODUCTNAME. Altså kva for sider i eit tekstdokument som vert påverka ved å redigera ein sidestil."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3278603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
msgstr "Stilar for ei enkelt side"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5169225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
msgstr "Ein sidestil kan stillast inn til å gå over berre ei enkelt side. Stilen <emph>Første side</emph> er eit eksempel på dette. Du definerer denne eigenskapen ved å velja ein annan sidestil til å vera «Neste stil» på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side → Handsamar</item>."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6670125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr "Ein éi side lang stil går frå den nedste kanten på det gjeldande sidestilområdet til det neste sideskiftet. Det neste sideskiftet vert vist automatisk når teksten flyt til den neste sida. Dette vert òg kalla eit mjukt sideskift. Alternativt kan du setja inn eit manuelt sideskift."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2118594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
msgstr "For å setja inn eit manuelt skift ved skrivemerket, trykk på <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl + Enter</item> eller vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Manuelt skift</item> og trykk deretter på OK."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id166020\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
msgstr "Manuelt innstilt område for ein sidestil"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6386913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
msgstr "Sidestilen «Standard» har ikkje ein annan «Neste stil» på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Side → Handsamar</item>. I staden er «Neste stil» sett til «Standard». Alle sidestilar som har same namn i «Neste stil» kan halda fram over fleire sider. Den nedste og øvste grensa for stilomfanget vert styrt av «Sideskift med stil». Alle sider mellom to «Sideskift med stil» bruker den same sidestilen."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6062196\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn eit <emph>sideskift med stil</emph> direkte der skrivemerket er plassert. Du kan også bruka eigenskapen <emph>sideskift med stil</emph> på eit avsnitt eller ein avsnittsstil."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6054261\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1811578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr "For å setja inn eit «sideskift med stil» ved skrivemerket, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Manuelt skift</item>, vel eit <emph>Stil</emph>-namn frå listeboksen og klikk OK."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9935911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "For å leggja eigenskapen «sideskift med stil» til det gjeldande avsnittet, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Avsnitt → Tekstflyt</item>. I Skift-området slår du på <emph>Set inn</emph> og <emph>Med sidestil</emph>. Vel ein sidestil frå listeboksen."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4753868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "For å leggja eit «sideskift med stil» til den gjeldande avsnittsstilen, høgreklikk på den gjeldande stilen. Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger avsnittsstil</item> frå sprettoppmenyen. Vel fana <emph>Tekstflyt</emph>. I området Skift, slå på <emph>Set inn</emph> og <emph>Med sidestil</emph>. Vel ein sidestil frå listeboksen."
#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4744407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "For å leggja eigenskapen «Sideskift med stil» til ein vilkårleg stil, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Stilhandsamar</item>. Klikk på ikonet <emph>Avsnittsstilar</emph>. Høgreklikk på avsnittsstilen du ønskjer å endra og vel så <emph>Rediger</emph>. Vel fana <emph>Tekstflyt</emph>. I avsnittet Skift, må du velja <emph>Set inn</emph> og <emph>Med sidestil</emph>. Vel ein sidestil frå lista."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr "Laga og bruka sidestilar"
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id7071138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidestilar; laga og leggja til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>laga; sidestilar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stilar; for sider</bookmark_value>"
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Laga og leggja til sidestilar</link></variable>"
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr "$[officename] bruker sidestilar for å spesifisera oppsettet av ei side, for eksempel sideretning, bakgrunn, margar, topptekstar, botntekstar og tekstspalter. For å endra oppsettet på éi enkelt side i eit dokument, kan du laga og bruka ein tilpassa sidestil på sida."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein ny sidestil"
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Stilhandsamar</item>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Trykk på knappen <emph>Sidestilar</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på eit element i lista over sidestilar og vel <emph>Ny</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "På fana <emph>Handsamar</emph> kan du skriva eit namn på sidestilen i feltet <emph>Namn</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
msgstr "For å bruka ein sjølvvald sidestil på ei enkelt sida, vel sidestilen som er brukt i feltet <emph>Neste stil</emph> i standardstilen som er brukt for sida."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr "For å bruka ein sjølvvald sidestil på fleire sider, vel stilnamnet i feltet <emph>Neste stil</emph>. For å avslutta bruken av stilen, set inn eit manuelt sideskift og vel ein annan sidestil."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Bruk fanene i dialogvindauget for å setja vala for utsjånaden til sidestilen. Trykk deretter på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
msgstr "Slik legg du til ein sidestil"
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr "Trykk på den sida i dokumentet du vil bruka sidestilen på."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Stilhandsamar</item> og klikk på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestilar</item>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på eit namn på lista."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
msgstr "Slik legg du ein sidestil til eni side"
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147122\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil at den nye sida skal byrja."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150210\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Sideskift</emph>."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150939\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr "I boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item> vel du sidestilen som skal brukast på den sida som kjem etter eit manuelt sideskift."
#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr "Skriva ut ein brosjyre"
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"bm_id6743064\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>skriva ut; individuelle brosjyrar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utskrift av lita bok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brosjyrar; utskrift av individuelle</bookmark_value>"
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Skriva ut ein brosjyre</link></variable>"
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
msgstr "Du kan skriva ut eit Writer-dokument som ein brosjyre eller eit hefte. Det vil seia at Writer skriv ut to sider på kvar side av papiret, så du kan lesa dokumentet som ei bok når du brettar papiret."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
msgstr "Når du lagar eit dokument som du vil skriva ut som ein brosjyre, bør du bruka ståande sideretning på sidene. Writer bruker brosjyreoppsettet når du skriv ut dokumentet."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1061A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr "Skriva ut ein brosjyre"
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106B6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>OK</emph> i dialogvindauget <emph>Eigenskapar</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1070E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
msgstr "Vel liggjande papirretning i eigenskapane til skrivaren din."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_id8947416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
msgstr "Dersom skrivaren din har duplex (dobbeltsidig utskrift), bør du bruka innstillinga «duplex – kort kant» i dialogen for skrivaroppsettet. Dette fordi brosjyrar alltid vert skrivne ut i liggjande format."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10628\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
msgstr "Gå tilbake til dialogvindauget <emph>Skriv ut</emph> og klikk på fana <emph>Sideoppsett</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1062C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Brosjyre</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10740\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
msgstr "Har du ein skrivar som automatisk skriv på begge sider av papiret, så oppgje utskrift av høgre- og venstre sider."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106EA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
msgstr "Dersom %PRODUCTNAME skriv ut sidene i feil rekkjefølgje, opnar du fana <emph>Innstillingar</emph> og vel <emph>Utskriving i motsett rekkjefølgje</emph> og skriv ut dokumentet igjen."
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr "Førehandsvisa ei side før utskrift"
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>skriva ut; førehandsvisingar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>førehandsvisingar; utskriftutsjånad</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sjekk av utskriftutsjånad</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bokvising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;førehandsvisingar</bookmark_value>"
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Førehandsvisa ei side før utskrift</link></variable>"
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3149847\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil</emph> → <emph>Førehandsvising av utskrift</emph>."
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
msgstr "Bruk knappane for forstørring og forminsking på linja for <emph>Førehandsvising av utskrift</emph> for å endra storleiken på førehandsvisinga."
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
msgstr "Ønskjer du å skriva ut dokumentet forminska, vel du dette i fana <emph>Sideoppsett</emph> i dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Skriv ut</item>. (Oppsettet av dialogvindauget er avhengig av skrivaren som er tilkopla)."
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
msgstr "Bruk piltastane eller pilknappane på linja <emph>Førehandsvising av utskrift</emph> for å rulle gjennom dokuementet."
#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">Fil → Førehandsvising av utskrift</link>."
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr "Skriva ut fleire sider på kvart ark"
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149694\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fleirsidevising av dokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;skrive ut fleire på eitt enkelt ark</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oversikter;skriva ut</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skriva ut;fleire sider per ark</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forminska utskrift av fleire sider</bookmark_value>"
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149694\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Skriva ut fleire sider på eitt ark</link></variable>"
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
msgstr "I fana <emph>Sideoppsett</emph> i dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Skriv ut</item> kan du velja å skriva ut fleire sider på kvart ark."
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Skriv uta</emph> og opna fana <emph>sideoppsett</emph>."
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
msgstr "For å skriva ut to sider per ark, vel «2» i <emph>Sider per ark</emph>."
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages."
msgstr "For å skriva ut fleire sider på det same arket, vel talet på sider per ark og eventuelt rekkjefølgja. Den vesle førehandsvisinga viser korleis sidene vert plasserte."
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3154841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3150004\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">File - Print Preview</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Print Preview\">Fil → Førehandsvising av utskrift</link>"
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr "Val av papirkjelde"
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"bm_id6609088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>velja;skrivarskuffer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrivarskuff, val</bookmark_value>"
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Val av papirkjelde</link></variable>"
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
msgstr "Bruk sidestilar til å oppgje ulike papirkjelder for dei ulike sidene i dokumentet."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "Klikk på symbolet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidestilar</item>."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155066\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil leggja nummerering til og vel så <emph>Rediger</emph>."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
msgstr "Vel den den ønskte papirskuffen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirskuff</item>."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149649\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr "Gjenta steg 1–5 for kvar sidestil du vil oppgje papirkjelde for."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr "Ta i bruk sidestilen på dei sidene du ønskjer."
#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3154260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Laga og bruka sidestilar</link>"
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr "Skriva ut i omvend rekkjefølgje"
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rekkjefølgje; skriva ut i omvendt rekkjefølgje</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skriva ut; omvendt rekkjefølgje</bookmark_value>"
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Skriva ut i omvend rekkjefølgje</link></variable>"
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Skriv ut</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
msgstr "Trykk på fana <emph>Stilar</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3156106\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Skriv ut i omvendt rekkjefølgje</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Skriva ut</link>"
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr "Verna innhald i %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>document;protection from changes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id6007263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link></variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1924802\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified or deleted."
msgstr "Dette er eit oversyn over dei ulike måtane for å verna innhaldet i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer frå å verta endra eller sletta."
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
msgstr "Verna bolkar i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3150592\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes, and with an optional password."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id4545426\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"protwarn\">Protection is not intended to be an information security protection, it is a switch to prevent accidental changes.</variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610293\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"turnon\">Turning on protection</variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1811201645676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Information to protect must be in a section. To create or select a section:"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120161920589\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section does not exist: Select the text, then choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section...</item> ."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164739204\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the section already exists: <variable id=\"gotosection\">Choose menu <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections...</item> and select the section in the list <emph>Section</emph>, or right-click on the section in the Navigator and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit...</item>.</variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1811201645678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To enable protection"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164720479\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to protect the contents without a password, choose the <emph>Protect</emph> check box under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120164720412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want the protection with a password, choose <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes and click on the <emph>Password…</emph> button. Enter and confirm a password of at least five characters."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modification of protection"
msgstr "Endring av vern"
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016456780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has no a password, and you want to give it, choose the <emph>With password</emph> checkbox and press the <emph>Password...</emph> button, enter and confirm the password of at least five characters."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016234567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has a password, and you want only to clear it, uncheck the <emph>With password</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016234566\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has a password, and you want only to change it, click to the <emph>Password</emph> button in the <emph>Write protection</emph>, enter the correct password twice."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201610295\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"turnoff\">Turning off protection</variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016345678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has no a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph>."
msgstr "Dersom vernet er utan passord, fjern merkinga for <emph>Vern</emph> i <emph>Skrivevern</emph>."
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id19112016123456\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the protection has a password, uncheck the <emph>Protect</emph> under the <emph>Write protection</emph> and enter the correct password."
msgstr "Dersom vernet har eit passord, fjern merkinga for <emph>Vern</emph> i <emph>Skrivevern</emph> og skriv inn det rette passordet."
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
msgstr "Verna celler i ein <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-tabell"
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3154480\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of tables or whole table in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from changes."
msgstr "Du kan verna innhaldet i enkeltcellene i ein teksttabell i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer mot endringar."
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3145643\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For one or several cells, place the cursor in a cell or select needed several cells. Choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1911201610283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For whole table, select the table, and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Protect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"firstof\">If necessary, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item> and select <emph>Enable cursor</emph> under the <emph>Protected Areas</emph>.</variable>"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1711201619364829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or in the selected cells and choose the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3151189\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For whole table, right-click on the table in the Navigator, and choose <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph> in the context menu or select the whole table and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Unprotect Cells</item> in menu bar."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Contents Protection in Tables of Contents and Indexes"
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3153966\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, are automatically protected against accidental changes."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3159088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Choose <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id181120162840123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click on the index or table of contents in the Navigator and choose <emph>Index - Read-only</emph> item."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Index...</item> in the context menu. Uncheck <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> on the <emph>Type</emph> tab."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152774\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents in the Navigator and uncheck <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id1811201623985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protection of the whole <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes."
msgstr "Vern heile<item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer-dokumentet mot endringar."
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id31544811\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect the contents of <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer document from changes, with one of the following file formats: .doc, .docx, .odt, .ott."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id18112016812973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To enable the protection of the whole document, go to <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Compatibility</item></emph> and choose <emph>Protect form</emph>. To disable protection, uncheck it."
msgstr ""
#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id7858516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Verna anna innhald</link>"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr "Setja inn kryssreferansar"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>referansar; setja inn kryssreferansar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kryssreferansar; setja inn og oppdatera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; kryssreferanse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bilete; kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekt; kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE-objekt;kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>teikneobjekt;kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatera;kryssreferering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn;kryssreferering</bookmark_value>"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Setja inn kryssreferansar</link></variable>"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3159263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
msgstr "Kryssreferansar lèt deg hoppe til visse tekstområde og objekt i eit dokument. Ein kryssreferanse inneheld eit mål og ein referanse som er sette inn som <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">felt</link> i dokumentet."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr "Objekt med bilettekstar og bokmerke kan brukast som mål."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr "Kryssreferera til tekst"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
msgstr "Før du kan setja inn ein kryssreferanse, må du oppgje måla i teksten."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Target"
msgstr "Slik set du inn eit mål"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil bruka som mål for kryssreferansen."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bilettekst</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
msgstr "Vel «Set tilvising» i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn på målet i feltet <emph>Namn</emph>. Den valde teksten vert vist i feltet <emph>Verdi</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list."
msgstr "Klikk <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn</item>. Namnet på målet vert lagt til lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Utval</item>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr "Hald dialogvindauget ope og gå vidare til neste bolk."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein kryssreferanse til eit mål"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7032074\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i teksten der du vil setja inn ein kryssreferanse."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7796868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Kryssreferanse</emph> for å opna dialogvindauget, viss det ikkje er opna frå før."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr "I lista <emph>Type</emph>, vel «Set inn referanse»."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "I lista <emph>Utval</emph>, vel målet som skal kryssrefererast."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr "I lista <emph>Set inn referanse til</emph> vel du formatet for kryssreferansen. <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Formatet</link> bestemmer kva type informasjon som vert vist som ein kryssreferanse. For eksempel set «Referanse» inn målteksten og «Side» sidenummeret der målet er. For fotnotar vert nummeret sett inn."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Lukk</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149980\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr "Kryssreferera til eit objekt"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149992\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
msgstr "Du kan kryssreferera til dei fleste objekta i dokumentet, som for eksempel bilete, teikneobjekt, OLE-objekt og tabellar, så lenge dei har ein bilettekst. For å leggja ein biettekst til eit objekt, vel objektet og så <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert – Caption\"><emph>Set inn → Bilettekst</emph></link>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn ein kryssreferanse."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150212\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bilettekst</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150236\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr "Vel bilettekstkategorien for objektet i lista <emph>Type</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "Vel nummeret på biletteksten for det objektet som du vil kryssreferera til i lista <emph>Utval</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr "Vel formatet for kryssreferansen i lista <emph>Set inn referanse til</emph>. <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Formatet</link> bestemmer kva type informasjon som vert vist som ein kryssreferanse. For eksempel set «Referanse» inn bilettekstkategorien og sjølve biletteksten for objektet."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150535\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3151092\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "Trykk på <emph>Lukk</emph> når du er ferdig."
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr "Oppdatera kryssreferansar"
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9."
msgstr "Du kan oppdatera kryssreferansen manuelt ved å velja <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Felt</emph> på menyen, eller trykka tasten F9. "
#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7321390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Feltnamn</emph> for å skifta mellom vising av referansenamnet og referanseinnhaldet."
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr "Endra kryssreferansar"
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149291\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>referansar; endra kryssreferansar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kryssreferansar; endra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigera;kryssreferansar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søkja;kryssreferansar</bookmark_value>"
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149291\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Endra kryssreferansar</link></variable>"
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3153132\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr "Trykk framfor kryssreferansen du vil endra."
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
msgstr "Dersom du ikkje ser feltskuggen på kryssreferansen, vel <emph>Vis → Feltskugge</emph> eller trykk på <emph>Ctrl + F8</emph>."
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Felt</emph>."
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vel dei innstillingane du vil bruka og klikk på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr "Bruk piltastane i dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger felt</item> for å bla gjennom kryssreferansane i det gjeldande dokumentet."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr "Skriva ut i kegel"
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"bm_id4825891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rader; kegel tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; kegel</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider; kegel</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt; kegel</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kegel; sider og avsnitt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avstand;kegel tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatera;kegel tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Skriva ut i kegel</link></variable>"
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
msgstr "Slik set du opp eit dokument i kegelutskrift"
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10665\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr "Merk heile dokumentet."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10669\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Side → Side</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Set i kegel</item> merkjer du av for <item type=\"menuitem\">Slå på</item> og trykkjer <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
msgstr "Alle avsnitta i dokumentet vert skrivne ut i kegel, med mindre anna vert oppgjeve."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
msgstr "Slik utelatar du avsnitt frå å verta sette i kegel"
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
msgstr "Marker dei avsnitta du vil utelata og vel deretter <emph>Format → Avsnitt → Innrykk og avstand</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1068C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr "Opna vindauget Stilhandsamar, klikk på avsnittsstilen du vil utelata, høgreklikk på stilen, vel <emph>Rediger</emph>. I dialogvindauget klikkar du på fana <emph>Innrykk og avstand</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox."
msgstr "Fjern avmerkinga for <emph>Slå på</emph> i området <emph>Set i kegel</emph>."
#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Set i kegel</link>"
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr "Fjerna linjeskift"
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>harde linjeskift i innlimt tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>linjeskift;fjern</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sletta; linjeskift</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kopiar;fjerna linjeskift</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>avsnittmerke; fjerna</bookmark_value>"
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Fjerna linjeskift</link></variable>"
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr "Bruk funksjonen <emph>Autoretting</emph> for å fjerna linjeskift inne i setningar. Uønskte linjeskift kan verta sett inn når du kopierer tekst frå ei anna kjelde og limer han inn i eit tekstdokument."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153413\n"
"help.text"
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style."
msgstr "Denne autorettefunksjonen verkar berre på tekst som er formatert med avsnittsstilen <emph>Standard</emph>."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Innstillingar for autoretting</item>."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr "Pass på at <emph> Slå saman avsnitt med ei linje dersom dei er lenger enn 50 %</emph> er vald på fana <emph>Instillingar</emph>. For å fjerna miniumsprosentandelen for linjelengda, dobbeltklikk på valet i lista og skriv inn ein ny prosentandel."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145118\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr "Vel teksten som inneheld dei linjeskifta du vil fjerna."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
msgstr "Vel «Standard» i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Legg til stil</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> på verktøylinja."
#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Autoretting → Bruk</emph>."
#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr "Nullstilla skrifteigenskapar"
#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>format; tilbakestilla</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrifteigenskapar; tilbakestilla</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrifter; tilbakestilla</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilbakestilla; skrifter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direkte formatering; avslutta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; avslutta direkte formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avslutta;direkte formatering</bookmark_value>"
#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Nullstilla skrifteigenskapar</link></variable>"
#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3154091\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
msgstr "Du kan snøgt avslutta manuell formatering ved å trykkja på Ctrl + Shift + X. Dersom du for eksempel har har trykt Ctrl + B for å bruka halvfeit skrift i teksten du skriv, kan du trykkja på Ctrl + Shift + X for å gå tilbake til standardteiknformatet i avsnittet."
#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "For å tilbakestilla direkte formatering av eksisterande tekst, marker teksten og vel menykommandoen <emph>Format → Fjern direkte formatering</emph>."
#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr "Festa og endra storleik på vindauge"
#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Dokumentstrukturen;festa og endra storleik på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Stilhandsamaren;festa og endra storleik på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Galleriet;festa og endra storleik på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>festa; vindauge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra storleik på;vindauge</bookmark_value>"
#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Festa og endra storleik på vindauge</link></variable>"
#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan festa, losna og endra storleik på dei fleste programvindauga i $[officename], som for eksempel Dokumentstruktur og Stilhandsamar."
#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
msgstr "For å festa eller losna Dokumentstruktur eller Stilhandsamar, held du <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> nede og dobbeltklikkar på eit grått område i vindauget. Alternativt kan du trykkja <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl + Skift + F10</item>."
#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr "For å endra størrelsen på vindauget, kan du dra i eit hjørne eller ein kant på det."
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr "Bruka linjalar"
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"bm_id8186284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>linjalar;bruka linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vassrette linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loddrette linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innrykk; innstilling på linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidemargane på linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellceller;justera breidda på linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>visa;linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gøyma;linjalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>justera sidemargar og cellebreidder</bookmark_value>"
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Bruka linjalar</link></variable>"
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Linjal</emph> for å visa eller gøyma linjalane. For å visa den lossrette linjalen, vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</caseinline><defaultinline>Verktøy → Innstillingar</defaultinline></switchinline> → <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer → Vis</emph></link> og merk av for <emph>Loddrett linjal</emph> i området <emph>Linjal</emph>."
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr "Justera sidemargar"
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3155175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
msgstr "Sidemargane er viste med utfylte område i endane av linjalane."
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149038\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr "Justera innrykk"
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3153631\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr "Innrykk vert justerte med dei tre små trekantane på den vassrette linjalen."
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3152776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "For å endra avsnittsinnrykket til venstre eller høgre, kan du markera det avsnittet du vil endra innrykket til og dra nedste venstre eller høgre trekant på den vassrette linjalen til ei ny plassering."
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3145769\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "For å endra innrykket til første linja i eit valt avsnitt kan du dra øvste venstre trekant på den vassrette linjalen til ei ny plassering."
#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3149164\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr "Du kan også dobbeltklikka kvar som helst på den vassrette linjalen og tilpasssa innrykka i dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Avsnitt</emph></link>."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr "Bruka jokerteikn i tekstsøk"
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>jokerteikn, sjå regulære uttrykk</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>søkja; med jokerteikn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regulære uttrykk;søkja</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>eksempel for regulære uttrykk</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>teikn;finna alle</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>usynlege teikn;finna</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnittsmerke;søkja etter</bookmark_value>"
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Bruka jokerteikn i tekstsøk</link></variable>"
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
msgstr "Jokerteikn eller plasshaldarar kan brukast for å søkja etter uspesifiserte eller usynlege teikn."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr "Du kan bruka jokerteikn når du søkjer og byter ut tekst i eit dokument. For eksempel finn «s.n» både «sin» og «son»."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger → Søk og byt ut</item>."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id2142399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Fleire val</item> for å utvida dialogvindauget."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
msgstr "Vel avkryssningsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Regulære uttrykk</item>."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
msgstr "Skriv inn søkjeordet med dei jokerteikna som skal brukast i søket i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Søk etter</item>."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find Next</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
msgstr "Klikk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Finn neste</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Finn alle</item>."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153401\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr "Eksempel på regulære uttrykk"
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr "Jokertegnet for eitt enkelt teikn er eit punktum (.)"
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr "Jokerteiknet for null eller fleire førekomstar av det føregåande teiknet er ein asterisk. For eksempel finn «123*» både «12», «123» og «1233»."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr "Jokerteiknkombinasjonen til søk etter null eller fleire førekomstar av alle teikn er eit punktum og ein asterisk (.*)"
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149854\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
msgstr "Jokerteiknet for slutten av eit avsnitt er eit dollarteikn ($). Jokerteiknkombinasjonen for starten av eit avsnitt er ein sirkumfleks og eit punktum (^.)"
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
msgstr "Jokerteiknet for eit faneteikn er \\t."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
msgstr "Du kan berre søkja etter regulære uttrykk innan eitt avsnitt. Det vil seie at du ikkje kan søkja etter eit uttrykk i eitt avsnitt og eit anna uttrykk i det neste avsnittet."
#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">Liste over jokerteikn</link>"
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr "Redigera bolkar"
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149816\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bolkar; redigera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bolkar; sletta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sletta; bolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigera; bolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skriveverna bolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>verna; bolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konvertera; bolkar til normaltekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gøyma; bolkar</bookmark_value>"
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149816\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Redigera bolkar</link></variable>"
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr "Du kan verna, gøyma og gjera om bolkar til normal tekst i dokumentet."
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154224\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format → Bolkar</emph></link>"
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
msgstr "Klikk på bolken du vil redigera i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Bolk</item>. Du kan trykkja på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + A for å velja alle bolkane i lista eller du kan halde nede Shift eller <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> og klikka for å merka enkeltbolkar."
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153397\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153120\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
msgstr "For å sletta ein makro, vel makroen og trykk <emph>Slett</emph>."
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149631\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
msgstr "For å verna eit avsnitt mot endringar, vel avkryssingsboksen <emph>Verna</emph> i området <emph>Skriveverna</emph>."
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
msgstr "For å gøyma eit avsnitt, vel avkryssingsboksen <emph>Gøym</emph> i området <emph>Gøym</emph>."
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3156255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format → Bolkar</link>"
#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id973540\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Verna innhald i %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr "Setja inn bolkar"
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bolkar; setja inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn; bolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokument;setja inn lenkja bolkar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatera;lenkja bolkar, manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lenkjer;setja inn bolkar</bookmark_value>"
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Setja inn bolkar</link></variable>"
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn nye bolkar eller referansar til bolkar i andre dokument i det gjeldande dokumentet. Dersom du set inn ein bolk som ei lenkje, vil innhaldet i lenkja verta endra dersom du endrar kjeldedokumentet."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ein ny bolk"
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn ein ny bolk, eller vel den teksten du vil gjera om til ein bolk."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156103\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr "Dersom du vel ein tekst som er inne i eit avsnitt, vil teksten automatisk verta gjord om til eit nytt avsnitt."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn på bolken i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny bolk</item>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel innstillingane for bolken og klikk på <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ein bolk som ei lenkje"
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
msgstr "Før du kan setja inn ein bolk i ei lenkje, må du først oppretta bolkar i kjeldedokumentet."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
msgstr "Når du opnar eit dokument som inneheld lenkja bolkar, vil $[officename] spørja om innhaldet i bolkane skal oppdaterast. For å oppdatera ei lenkje manuelt, vel <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Lenkjer</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr "Du kan også setja inn lenkja bolkar i HTML-dokument. Når du viser sida i ein nettlesar, vil innhaldet i bolkane tilsvara innhaldet som var i bolkane sist HTML-dokumentet vart lagra."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn bolken med lenkje."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn på bolken i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny bolk</item>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "Vel avkryssningsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenkje</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenkje</item>. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">I Windows kan du også velja avkryssningsboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> for å oppdatera innhaldet i bolken automatisk når bolken i kjeldedokumentet vert endra.</caseinline></switchinline>"
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154852\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button next to the <emph>File name</emph> box."
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <emph>Bla gjennom</emph> ved sida av feltet <emph>Filnamn</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Finn dokumentet som inneheld bolken som du vil lenkja til, og klikk på <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149978\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "Vel bolken du vil setja inn i boksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Bolk</item>."
#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150003\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr "Bruka bolkar"
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fleirspalta tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; fleirspalta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spalter; på tekstsider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstspalter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bolkar; spalter i</bookmark_value>"
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Bruka bolkar</link></variable>"
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr "Bolkar er namngjevne tekstblokker med bilete og objekt, som du kan bruka på fleire måtar:"
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr "For å hindra tekst i å verta redigert."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr "For å visa eller gøyma tekst."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149647\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr "For å bruka tekst og bilete frå andre $[officename]-dokument om att."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
msgstr "For å setja inn tekstbolkar som bruker eit anna spalteoppsett enn den gjeldande sidestilen."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
msgstr "Ein bolk inneheld minst eitt avsnitt. Når du vel ein tekst og opprettar ein bolk, vert eit avsnittsskift automatisk sett inn på slutten av teksten."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149872\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn bolkar frå eit tekstdokument eller eit heilt tekstdokument som ein bolk i eit anna tekstdokument. Du kan òg setja inn bolkar frå eitt tekstdokument som lenkje til eit anna tekstdokument eller i det same dokumentet."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153367\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
msgstr "For å setja inn eit nytt avsnitt like før eller etter ein bolk, klikk framføre eller etter bolken og trykk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Innstillingar</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Enter."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr "Bolkar og spalter"
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn bolkar i ein eksisterande bolk. For eksempel kan du setja inn ein bolk som inneheld to spalter i ein bolk som inneheld éi spalte."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr "Eit bolkoppsett, for eksempel talet på spalter, er prioritert over sideoppsettet som er oppgjeve i ein sidestil."
#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3155883\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr "Lagra tekstdokument i HTML-format"
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstdokument; gje ut som HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokument; laga frå tekstdokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heimeside, laga</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lagra;i HTML-format</bookmark_value>"
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Lagra tekstdokument i HTML-format</link></variable>"
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149825\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr "Du kan lagra eit $[officename] Writer-dokument i HTML-format, slik at du kan visa det i ein nettlesar. Dersom du vil, kan du tildela eit sideskift ein viss overskriftsstil, slik at det vert laga ei ny HTML-side kvar gong stilen er brukt i dokumentet. $[officename] Writer opprettar automatisk ei side som inneheld lenkjer til kvar av desse sidene."
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG."
msgstr "Når du lagrar eit tekstdokument i HTML-format, vert bileta i dokumentet lagra i HTML-dokumentet som innebygd direkteoverføring. $[officename] prøver å halda på originalformatet for bileta. JPEG- og SVG-bilete vert såleis lagra som JPEG og SVG. Alle andre biletformat vert lagra som PNG."
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "Bruk ein av standardoverskriftsstilane i $[officename] til avsnittsoverskrifter, for eksempel «Overskrift 1» på dei avsnitta der du vil laga ei ny HTML-side."
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3156100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Ny → Malar og dokument</emph>"
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "Vel avsnittsstilen som skal brukast for å laga ei ny HTML-side i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilar</item>."
#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "Skriv inn ein sti og eit namn på HTML-dokumentet og klikk på <emph>Lagra</emph>."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr "Bruka tekstformatering medan du skriv"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; halvfeit formatering medan du skriv</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; halvfeit, medan du skriv</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur; halvfeit formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>halvfeit;formatering medan du skriv</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>snøggtastar; halvfeit formatering</bookmark_value>"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Bruka tekstformatering medan du skriv</link></variable>"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr "Bruka halvfeit formatering"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil formatera."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
msgstr "Du kan også trykkja på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + B</emph>, skriva den teksten du vil formatera med halvfeit skrift og så trykkja <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph> </defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + B</emph> att når du er ferdig."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
msgstr "Bruka halvfeit formatering"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil formatera."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3141836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
msgstr "Du kan også trykkja på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + I</emph>, skriva den teksten du vil formatera med kursivt og så trykkja <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph> </defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + I</emph> att når du er ferdig."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To underline text"
msgstr "Understreking av tekst"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil endra til store bokstavar."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3142836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ B."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152112\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
msgstr "Du kan også trykkja på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + U</emph>, skriva den teksten du vil understreka og så trykkja <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph> </defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + U</emph> att når du er ferdig."
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Snøggtast for tekstdokument</link>"
#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Snøggtast i $[officename]</link>"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr "Bruka smarte taggar"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155622\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>smarte taggar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Autoretting-funksjon; smarte taggar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innstillingar;smarte taggar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deaktivera;smarte taggar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installera;smarte taggar</bookmark_value>"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id3563951\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Bruka smarte taggar</link></variable>"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id368358\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr "Smarte taggar gjev meir informasjon og funksjonalitet til visse ord i eit Writer-dokument. Dei tilgjengelege funksjonane kan variera i dei ulike utvidingane for smarte taggar."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id9298379\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr "Installera smarte taggar"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1827448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
msgstr "Smarte taggar kan hentast som <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">utvidingar</link> til %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id2508621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr "For å installera smarte taggar, gjer du éin av desse:"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id3856013\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr "Lagra fila med filetternamnet *.oxt og dobbeltklikk deretter på fila i filhandteraren. Alternativt kan du velja <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Utvidingar</item> i %PRODUCTNAME for å opna dialogvindauget «Utvidingar» og der klikka på «Legg til» og finna fila i lista som kjem opp."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id7814264\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr "Trykk på ei *.oxt-fillenkje for smarte taggar på ei vevside. Dette krev ein nettlesar med rett oppsett."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id8142338\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
msgstr "Menyen for smarte taggar"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1917477\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>."
msgstr "All tekst i eit Writer-dokument kan merkjast med ein smart tagg. Som standard er dette ei magentafarga understreking. Du kan endra denne fargen i <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\"> %PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> Verktøy → Innstillingar</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> → %PRODUCTNAME → Programfargar</item>."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id192266\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr "Når du held musa over ein smarttagg, vil eit tips informera deg om at du kan opna menyen <emph>Smarte taggar</emph> med Ctrl + klikk. Dersom du ikkje bruker musa, kan du plassera skrivemerket i den merkte teksten og opna sprettoppmenyen med Skift + F10."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1998962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
msgstr "I menyen for smarte taggar kan du sjå dei tilgjengelege handlingane som er definerte for denne smarte taggen. Vel ei innstilling frå menyen. Kommandoen <item type=\"menuitem\">Innstillingar for smarte taggar</item> opnar sida <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smarte taggar</link> i «Verktøy → Innstillingar for autoretting»."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id2376476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
msgstr "Slik tar du i bruk og slår av smarte taggar"
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id349131\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr "Når minst éi smarte taggar-utviding er installert, vil du sjå sida <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smarte taggar</link> i dialogvindauget <emph><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar for autoretting</item></emph>. Bruk dette dialogvindauget for å ta i bruk eller slå av smarte taggar og for å handsama dei installerte smarte taggane."
#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1216467\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
msgstr "Tekst som vert kjend att som ein smart tagg vert ikkje automatisk stavekontrollert."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
msgstr "Kontrollera staving og grammatikk"
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stavekontroll; kontrollera tekstdokument manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kontrollera staving; manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grammatikkontroll</bookmark_value>"
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Stave- og grammatikkontroll</link></variable>"
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149814\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
msgstr "Du kan kontrollere staving og grammatikk manuelt i ei tekstmarkering eller i heile dokumentet."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id0525200902184476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
msgstr ""
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
msgstr "Stavekontrollen byrjar der skrivemerket er plassert eller ved byrjinga av tekstutvalet."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr "Trykk ein stad i dokumentet eller merk den teksten du vil kontrollera."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Stave- og grammatikkontroll</emph>."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr "Når stavekontrollen treff på ein mogleg stavefeil, vert dialogvindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Stavekontroll</item> opna med $[officename] sine forslag til rettingar."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
msgstr "Du godtar forslaget ved å klikka på forslaget og deretter på <emph>Endra</emph>."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>."
msgstr "Rediger setninga i den øvre tekstboksen og klikk deretter på <emph>Endra</emph>."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk på <emph>Legg til i ordlista</emph> for å leggja ordet inn i brukarordlista."
#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3147107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Dialogvindauget «Stave- og gramatikkontroll»</link>"
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr "Bruka stilar i fyllformatmodus"
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fyllformatmodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiera; stilar, med fyllformatmodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatpensel til å kopiera stilar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stilar; overføra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format; kopiera og lima inn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstformat; kopiera og lima inn</bookmark_value>"
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Bruka stilar i fyllformatmodus</link></variable>"
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan snøgt bruka stilar som for eksempel avsnitt- og teiknstilar i dokumentet ved å bruka <emph>Fyllformatmodus</emph> i <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet for den stiltypen du vil bruka."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3145090\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window."
msgstr "Klikk på stilen og deretter på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Fyllformatmodus</item> <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Ikon</alt></image> i vindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilar og formatering</item>."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
msgstr "Flytt musepeikaren til den staden i dokumentet der du vil bruka stilen, og klikk. For å bruka stilen på meir enn eitt element, kan du dra for å velja elementa og deretter sleppa."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
msgstr "Trykk på <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> når du er ferdig."
#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3159259\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamaren</link>"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr "Oppretta nye stilar frå utval"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stilar; laga frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dra og slepp;laga nye stilar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiera;stilar, frå utval</bookmark_value>"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Oppretta nye stilar frå utval</link></variable>"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein ny stil frå eit manuelt formatert utval"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156097\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet til stiltypen du vil laga."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet der du vil kopiera stilen frå, for eksempel i eit avsnitt du har brukt manuell formatering på."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu"
msgstr "Klikk på pila nær ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny stil frå utval</item> og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny stil frå utval</item> i undermenyen."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Stilnamn</item>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153373\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
msgstr "Lik lagar du ein ny stil ved å dra og sleppa"
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet til stiltypen du vil laga."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
msgstr "Vel minst eitt teikn eller objekt i den stilen du vil kopiera. For side- og rammestilar må du velja minst eitt teikn eller objekt på sida eller i ramma."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release."
msgstr "Dra teiknet eller objektet til vindauget «Stilar og formatering» og slepp."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
msgstr "For avsnitts- og teiknstilar kan du dra og sleppa på det tilsvarande symbolet i vindauget «Stilar og formatering». Du treng ikkje opna stilkategorien på førehand."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr "Det er også råd å dra og sleppa ei ramme i stilhandsamaren for å laga ein ny rammestil. Klikk på ramma, vent ei kort stund med museknappen nede utan å flytta musa. Dra ramma over i stilhandsamaren og slepp ho i symbolet for rammestilar."
#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149988\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamaren</link>"
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr "Oppdatera stilar frå utval"
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stilhandsaming, sjå «Stilhandsamaren»</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stilar; oppdatera frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>malar; oppdatera frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Stilhandsamaren; oppdatera stilar frå utval</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppdatera; stilar frå utval</bookmark_value>"
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Oppdatera stilar frå utval</link></variable>"
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Vis → Stilhandsamar</emph>."
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3156107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet for den stiltypen du vil oppdatera."
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
msgstr "Trykk på den staden i dokumentet du vil kopiera den oppdaterte stilen frå. Vel for eksempel eit avsnitt som inneheld manuell formatering som du vil kopiera."
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update."
msgstr "Vel kva for stil du vil oppdatera i <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "Trykk på pila ved sidan av ikonet <emph>Ny stil frå utval</emph> og vel <emph>Oppdater stil</emph> frå undermenyen."
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id0310200910360780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
msgstr "Det er berre dei manuelt formaterte teksteigenskapane ved markørplasseringa som vert lagt til stilen som er vald i vindauget «Stilhandsamar». Eigenskapar lagt til som ein del av stilen vert ikkje lagt til i den oppdaterte stilen."
#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3155498\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamaren</link>"
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr "Heva og senka tekst"
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; senka skrift og heva skrift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heva skrift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>senka skrift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>teikn;senka skrift og heva skrift</bookmark_value>"
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Heva og senka tekst</link></variable>"
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil heva eller senka."
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155865\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Teikn → Plassering</emph> og vel så <emph>Heva skrift</emph> eller <emph>Senka skrift</emph>."
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3156111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + dobbeltklikk eller <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F10"
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format → Teikn → Posisjon</link>"
#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3154705\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Byt ut</link>"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr "Dela og slå saman celler"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>celler; slå saman/dele</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; slå saman celler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellesamanslåing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dele celler;med menykommando</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå saman;celler</bookmark_value>"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id6618243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Dela og slå saman celler</link></variable>"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id1211890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr "Du kan merkja fleire tilstøytande celler og slå dei saman til éi enkelt celle. Omvendt kan du ta éi stor celle og dela henne inn i fleire mindre celler."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id3463850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Merge Cells"
msgstr "Slik slår du saman celler"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id5708792\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr "Merk dei tilstøytande cellene."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id6301461\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Slå saman celler</emph>."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id9156468\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Split Cells"
msgstr "Slik deler du opp celler"
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id3415936\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket i cella som kan delast."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id4044312\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Del celler</emph>."
#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id634174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
msgstr "Eit dialogvindauge gjev deg høve til å dela cella i to eller fleire celler, vassrett eller loddrett."
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr "Leggja til eller sletta ei rad eller ein kolonne i ein tabell ved å bruka tastaturet"
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rader; setka inn/slette i tabellar med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonnar; setja inn/slette i tabellar med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; redigera med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur;leggja til eller slette rader/kolonnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dele celler;med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå saman;celler, med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;rader/kolonnar, med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn;rader/kolonnar, med tastatur</bookmark_value>"
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Leggja til eller fjerna ei rad eller ein kolonne ved å bruka tastaturet</link></variable>"
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr "Du kan leggja til eller sletta rader og kolonnar i tabellar og også dela og slå saman tabellceller frå tastaturet."
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3155906\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
msgstr "For å setja inn ei ny rad i ein tabell, set du skrivemerket i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Tilval</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Alt</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + Insert</emph> og deretter Pil opp eller Pil ned. Du kan også flytta skrivemerket til den siste cella i tabellen og trykkja på Tabulatortasten."
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "For å setja inn ein ny kolonne, set du peikaren i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Tilval</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Alt</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + Insert</emph> og deretter Pil opp eller Pil ned."
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "For å dela ei tabellcelle i staden for å leggja til ein kolonne, trykkjer du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Tilval</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Alt</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + Insert</emph> og held deretter nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> medan du trykkjer <emph>Pil venstre</emph> eller <emph>Pil høgre</emph>."
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
msgstr "For å sletta ei rad, set du skrivemerket i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Delete og Pil opp eller Pil ned."
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149626\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "For å sletta ein kolonne, set du peikaren i ei tabellcelle, trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Tilval</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Alt</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + Delete</emph> og deretter <emph>Pil venstre</emph> eller <emph>Pil høgre</emph>."
#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "For å slå ein tabell saman med ei tilstøytande celle, set du skrivemerket i cella, trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Tilval</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Alt</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + Delete</emph>, held deretter nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> og trykkjer <emph>Pil venstre</emph> eller <emph>Pil høgre</emph>."
#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr "Sletta tabellar eller innhaldet i ein tabell"
#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sletta; tabellar eller tabellindhald</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; sletta</bookmark_value>"
#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Sletta tabellar eller innhaldet i ein tabell</link></variable>"
#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
msgstr "Du kan sletta ein tabell heilt frå dokumentet eller berre innhaldet i han."
#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
msgstr "For å sletta ein heil tabell, klikkar du i tabellen og vel <emph>Tabell → Slett → Tabell</emph>."
#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr "For å sletta innhaldet i ein tabell, trykkjer du i han, trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + A</emph> til alle cellene er merkte og trykkjer deretter <emph>Delete</emph> eller <emph>Rettetasten</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr "Setja inn tabellar"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; setja inn teksttabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>setja inn; tabellar i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; setja inn tabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE-objekt; setja inn tabellar i</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;setja inn frå rekneark</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabellar i rekneark;setja inn i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rekneark;setja inn tabellar frå</bookmark_value>"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Setja inn tabellar</link></variable>"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet."
msgstr "Det finst fleire måtar å oppretta ein tabell i eit tekstdokument på. Du kan setja inn ein tabell frå ei verktøylinje, gjennom ein menyfunksjon eller frå eit rekneark."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ein tabell frå ei verktøylinje"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn tabellen."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
msgstr "Klikk på pila nær ikonet <emph>Tabell</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Standard</emph> eller <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
msgstr "Dra i tabellrutenettet for å velja talet på rader og kolonnar du vil ha, og slepp deretter."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
msgstr "For å avbryta, dra til den andre sida til <emph>Avbryt</emph> dukkar opp i førehandsvisinga av rutenettet."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ein tabell med ein menykommando"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn tabellen."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Set inn → Tabell</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr "Skriv inn talet på rader og kolonnar i området <emph>Storleik</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145097\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Merk innstillingane du ønskjer og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149572\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ein tabell frå eit Calc-rekneark"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "Opna $[officename] Calc-reknearket som inneheld celleområdet du vil setja inn."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "Dra for å markera celler i reknearket."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154395\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Kopier</emph>."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154420\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse i tekstdokumentet:"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Rediger → Lim inn</emph>. Celleområdet vert limt inn som eit OLE-objekt. Dobbeltklikk på objektet for å redigera det."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
msgstr "Vel <emph>Endra → Former</emph> og éin av desse:"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Innstillingar"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr "Vert sett inn som …"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr "$[officename] $[officeversion]-rekneark"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"help.text"
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
msgstr "OLE-objekt – som ved <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ V eller dra og slepp."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr "GDIMetaFile"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "Bilete"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153027\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr "Punktbilete"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "Bilete"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML"
msgstr "HTML"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr "HTML-tabell"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr "Uformatert tekst"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr "Berre tekst, tabulatorar som skiljeteikn"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr "Formatert tekst [RTF]"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text table"
msgstr "Teksttabell"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE-lenkje (berre i Windows)</caseinline></switchinline>"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Tabellstruktur og innhald, utan å formatera. Med oppdatering.</caseinline></switchinline>"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151093\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "Dra og sleppa eit celleområde frå eit Calc-regneark"
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3151116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "Opna $[officename] Calc-reknearket som inneheld celleområdet du vil setja inn."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150515\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "Dra for å markera celler i reknearket."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr "Trykk og hald nede museknappen ei av dei merkte cellene."
#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147527\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr "Dra dei merkte cellene inn i tekstdokumentet."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr "Gjenta ei tabelloverskrift på ei ny side"
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; gjenta overskrift etter sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gjenta; tabelloverskrifter etter sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabelloverskrifter; gjenta i tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fleirsidige tabellar</bookmark_value>"
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Gjenta ei tabelloverskrift på ei ny side</link></variable>"
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr "Du kan gjenta ei tabelloverskrift på kvar nye side tabellen går over."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Tabell → Set inn → Tabell</emph>."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> check boxes."
msgstr "Vel avkryssingsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Overskrift</item> og merk av i kontrollboksen <item type=\"menuitem\">Gjenta overskrift</item>."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr "Vel talet på rader og kolonnar tabellen skal ha."
#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153393\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr "Merkja tabellar, rader og kolonnar"
#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"bm_id7693411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>merkja;tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar;merkja</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonnar;merkja</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rader;merkja</bookmark_value>"
#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F0\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Merkja tabellar, rader og kolonnar</link></variable>"
#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN1060E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr "Du kan merkja ein tabell i eit tekstdokument med eit tastatur eller ei mus."
#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
msgstr "For å merkja ein tabell med tastaturet, flyttar du skrivemerket inn i tabellen og trykkjer <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ A, til alle cellene er merkte."
#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10633\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
msgstr "For å merkja ein tabell med musa, plasserer du musepeikaren litt over og til venstre for tabellen. Musepeikaren vert då til ei diagonal pil. Trykk for å merkja tabellen."
#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
msgstr "For å merkja ei rad eller ein kolonne med musa, plasserer du musepeikaren litt til venstre for rada eller kolonnen. Musepeikaren vert då til ei pil. Trykk for å merkja rada eller kolonnen."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table"
msgstr "Endra rad- og kolonnestorleik i ein teksttabell"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>celler; forstørring og forminsking i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellceller; forstørre/forminske i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur; endra storleik på rader/kolonnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra storleik; rader og kolonnar i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forstørra kolonnar, rader og tabellrader</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forminska rader og kolonnar i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; endra storleik/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>høgd på tabellrader</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>breidd på tabellkolonnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rader; endra storleik i tabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kolonnar; endra storleik i tabellar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kolonnebreidd i tabellar</bookmark_value>"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Endra rad- og kolonnestorleik i ein teksttabell</link></variable>"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
msgstr "Du kan endra breidda på både tabellceller og -kolonnar, og høgda på tabellrader."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3146497\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
msgstr "Du kan også fordela rader og kolonnar jamt ved hjelp av knappane på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimer storleik</item> på linja <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell</item>."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr "Endra breidda på kolonnar og celler"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
msgstr "Slik endrar du breidda på ein kolonne"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149587\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "Hald musepeikaren over kolonneskiljelinja til han vert eit skiljeikon, og dra deretter linja til ei ny plassering."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "Hald musepeikaren over kolonneskiljelinja på linjalen til han vert eit skiljeikon, og dra deretter linja til ei ny plassering."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id0918200811260957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + gongeteiknet (* på taltastaturet)"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "Set markøren i ei celle i kolonnen, hald nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> medan dy trykkje på Pil venstre eller Pil høgre."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153364\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
msgstr "for å auka avstanden mellom den venstre sidekanten og tabellen, hald nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift medan du trykkjer på Pil høgre."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
msgstr "Du kan bestemma korleis piltastane skal verka ved å velja <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Tabell</emph> og velja kva som skal styrast av piltastane i området <emph>Tastaturhandtering</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
msgstr "Slik endrar du breidda på ei celle"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3148676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr "Hald nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd + kommando</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt + Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> og trykk Pil høgre eller Pil venstre."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr "Endra høgda på ei rad"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153035\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr "For å endra radhøgda set du markøren i ei celle i rada, held nede <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Tilval</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> medan du trykkjer på Pil opp eller Pil ned."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id8478041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
msgstr "Slik endrar du storleiken på ein tabell"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3358867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse for å endra breidda og høgda på ein tabell:"
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5366679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr "Trykk i tabellen. Dra kanten mellom det kvite og grå området på linjalane for å endra storleiken."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id1279030\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr "Trykk i tabellen. Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabell → Tabelleigenskapar</item> for å opna eit dialogvindauge der du kan endra eigenskapane for tala."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5009308\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "For å kunna bryta teksten ved kantane av ein tabell og for å kunna setja opp to tabellar ved sida av kvarandre, må du setja tabellane inn i ei ramme. Klikk inne i tabellen og trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> + A</emph> to gongar for å merkja heile tabellen. Vel så <emph>Set inn → Ramme</emph>."
#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id4190496\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr "Tabellar i HTML-dokument har ikkje alle dei eigenskapane og funksjonane som tabellar i OpenDocument-format har."
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr "Endra rader og kolonnar med tastaturet"
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellmarkeringsmodus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proporsjonal fordeling av tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relativ fordeling av tabellceller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; tilpassa breidd med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler; tilpassa breidd med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur;endra oppførsel for rader/kolonnar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>oppførsel for rader/kolonnar</bookmark_value>"
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Endra rader og kolonnar med tastaturet</link></variable>"
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149835\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
msgstr "Når du set inn eller slettar celler, rader eller kolonnar i ein tabell, vil innstillingane gjort i <item type=\"menuitem\">Oppførsel til rader/kolonnar</item> bestemma korleis nabocellene vert påverka. For eksempel kan du setja inn nye rader og kolonnar i ein tabell med faste rad- og kolonnedimensjonar berre viss det er plass til det."
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id7344279\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
msgstr "Merk at desse eigenskapane berre gjeld for endringar av kolonnebreidda som er gjorde ved å bruka tastaturet. Ved å bruka musa kan du fritt endra kolonnebreidda."
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3156110\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr "For å setja alternativa for <item type=\"menuitem\">Rad- og kolonne-oppførsel</item> i tekstdokument, vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer → Tabell</item>. Det finst tre visningsmodi for tabellar:"
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149638\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>Fast</emph> - endringar vil påverka berre den tilstøytande cella, ikkje heile tabellen. Når du for eksempel gjer ei celle breiare vert nabocella smalare, men breidda av tabellen vert uforandra."
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149613\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>Fast, proporsjonal</emph> - endringar vil påverka heile tabellen. Breie celler vert meir forminska enn smale celler. Når du for eksempel gjer ei celle breiare, vert nabocellene proporsjonalt smalare, men breidda av tabellen vert uforandra."
#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr "<emph>Variabel</emph> - Endringane påverkar tabellstorleiken. Når du for eksempel gjer ei celle breiare, vert heile tabellen breiare."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr "Laga ein dokumentmal"
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>dokumentmalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>malar;laga dokumentmalar</bookmark_value>"
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Laga ein dokumentmal</link></variable>"
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149492\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
msgstr "Du kan oppretta ein mal til bruk som grunnlag for nye tekstdokument."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "Opprett eit dokument og legg til det innhaldet og dei stilane du vil ha."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3147422\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Malar → Lagra som mal</item>."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn på den nye malen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny mal</item>."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list."
msgstr "Vel ein malkategori i lista <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategoriar</item>."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
msgstr "For å laga eit dokument basert på malen, vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Ny → Malar</item>. Vel ein mal og trykk på <item type=\"menuitem\">Opna</item>."
#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">File - Templates - Save As Template</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Templates - Save As Template\">Fil → Malar → Lagra som mal</link>"
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr "Endra standardmalen"
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>standardmalar;definera/nullstilla</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>standard; malar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>malar; standardmalar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdokument;standardmalar</bookmark_value>"
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Endra standardmalen</link></variable>"
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3145569\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
msgstr "Standardmalen inneheld informasjon om standardformateringa i nye tekstdokument. Dersom du vil, kan du laga ein ny mal og bruka denne som standardmal."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id6414990\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
msgstr "Slik lagar du ein standardmal"
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "Opprett eit dokument og legg til det innhaldet og dei stilane du vil ha."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3156101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil → Malar → Lagra som</item>."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn for den nye malen i feltet <emph>Ny mal</emph>."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the dialog that appears, double-click the \"My Templates\" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på mappa «Mine malar» i dialogvindauget som kjem opp og deretter på <emph>Lagra</emph>. Skriv inn namnet på malen og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Fil → Ny → Mal</emph>."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149952\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr "Dobbeltklikk på mappa «Mine malar»."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>."
msgstr "Klikk på malen du laga og klikk deretter på <emph>Set som standard</emph>."
#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the dialog."
msgstr "Lukk dialogvindauget"
#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr "Malar og stilar"
#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stilar; stilar og malar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>stilar; stilar og malar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organisera; smalar (vegvisar)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>malar; organisera (vegvisar)</bookmark_value>"
#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Malar og stilar</link></variable>"
#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr "Ein mal er eit dokument som inneheld visse stilar, bilete, tabellar, objekt og annan informasjon. Ein mal vert brukt som grunnlag for å oppretta andre dokument. Du kan for eksempel laga avsnitts- og teiknstilar i eit dokument, lagra dei som ein mal, og så bruka malen til å oppretta eit nytt dokument med dei same stilane."
#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
msgstr "Med mindre du oppgjev noko anna, vil alle nye tekstdokument i $[officename] verta baserte på standardmalen."
#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149974\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr "$[officename] har fleire <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">førehandslaga malar</link> som du kan bruka til å oppretta ulike typar tekstdokument, som for eksempel forretningsbrev."
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr "Tekstanimasjon"
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstanimasjon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effektar;tekstanimasjon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animasjonar;tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Tekstanimasjon</link></variable>"
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145080\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr "Du kan berre animera tekst som er ein del av eit teikneobjekt, som for eksempel rektangel, linjer eller tekstobjekt. Teikna for eksempel eit rektangel, dobbeltklikk deretter på det og skriv inn teksten din."
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149811\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr "Vel teikneobjektet som inneheld den teksten du vil animera."
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Objekt → Teksteigenskapar</item> og klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstanimasjon</item>."
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr "Vel den animasjonen du vil bruka i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Effekt</item>."
#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145786\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vel eigenskapane for effekten og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr "Byta til store/små bokstavar i ein tekst"
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>teikn; store eller små bokstavar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; store eller små bokstavar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>små bokstavar; tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstavar; formatering av tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bokstavar;endra til små bokstavar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skifte;mellom små og store bokstavar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>første bokstav i titlar stor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapitél (vegvisar)</bookmark_value>"
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Byta til store/små bokstavar i ein tekst</link></variable>"
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr "Du kan byta mellom store og små bokstaver i ein tekst, formatera tekst med store bokstavar i redusert storleik eller endra første bokstaven i kvart ord i eit merkt område til stor bokstav."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_idN10728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
msgstr "Når du brukar tekstformatering med <emph>Format → Teikn</emph>, vert ikkje teksten endra. Han vert berre vist på ein annan måte. Vel du derimot <emph>Format → Tekst</emph> eller <emph>Format → Tekst → Byt små/store bokstavar</emph> vert teksten endra permanent."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155861\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
msgstr "Slik endrar du tekst til store bokstavar"
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3147420\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil endra til store bokstavar."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Tekst → Store bokstavar</item>."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Teikn</item>, klikk på fana «Skrifteffektar» og vel «Store bokstavar» i nedtrekksmenyen «Effektar». Valet «Overskrifter» i denne menyen gjer at første bokstav i kvart ord vert stor, medan «Kapitéler» gjer alle bokstavane store, men i ein mindre skriftstorleik."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
msgstr "Slik endrar du tekst til små bokstavar"
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149964\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil endra til små bokstavar."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gjer éin av desse:"
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id112020091049000\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Tekst → Små bokstavar</item>."
#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910490034\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Teikn</item> og klikk på fana «Skrifteffektar» og vel «Små bokstavar» i nedtrekksmenyen «Effektar»."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr "Bruka ei ramme for å midtstilla teksten på ei side"
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155177\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstrammer; midtstill på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>midtstilla;tekstrammer på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tittelsider; midtstill tekst på</bookmark_value>"
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155177\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Bruka ei ramme for å midtstilla teksten på ei side</link></variable>"
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil midtstilla på sida."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3152765\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Til side</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Forankre</item>."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr "Set måla for ramma i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Storleik</item>."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes."
msgstr "Vel «Midtstill» i <item type=\"menuitem\">Vassrett</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Loddrett</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Plassering</item>."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
msgstr "For å gøyma rammekantane, merk ramma og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Ramme og objekt → Innstillingar</item>. Klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Kantlinjer</item> og deretter på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Ingen kantlinjer</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linjeoppstilling</item>."
#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr "Dra i kantane på ramma for å endra storleik på henne."
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr "Bruka direkte skrivemerke"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skriva inn tekst med direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direkte-markør; innstillingar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skriva med direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>markør;direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>innstillingar;direkte-markør</bookmark_value>"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Bruka direkte skrivemerke</link></variable>"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155908\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr "Direkte skrivemerke lèt deg skriva inn tekst kvar som helst på ei side."
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155921\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
msgstr "Du kan bestemma eigenskapane for direktemarkøren ved å velja <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillinga</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Formateringsstøtte</emph>."
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106A3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Klikk på symbolet <item type=\"menuitem\">Direktemarkør</item> <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Ikon</alt></image> på <item type=\"menuitem\">verktøylinja</item>."
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr "Trykk på eit ledig område i tekstdokumentet. Skrivemerket vil då endra seg for å visa justeringa som vil verta brukt til teksten du skriv:"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Ikon</alt></image> Venstrejustert"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Ikon</alt></image> Midtstilt"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN10700\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"media/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Ikon</alt></image> Høgrejustert"
#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr "Skriv teksten din. %PRODUCTNAME set automatisk inn det rette talet på tomme linjer, og dersom innstillingane er tekne i bruk, også tabulatorar og mellomrom."
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr "Utheva tekst"
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; utheva</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utheva tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Utheva tekst</link></variable>"
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr "Her er nokre få eksempel på korleis ein uthevar tekst i eit dokument:"
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
msgstr "Merk teksten og bruk ein annan skriftstil eller effekt, som for eksempel <emph>halvfeit</emph>."
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3149840\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i eit avsnitt og vel <emph>Avsnitt</emph>. Vel innstillingar, for eksempel bakgrunnsfarge, og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>."
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3150084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
msgstr "Marker teksten og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Set inn → Ramme</item>."
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id6924649\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar."
msgstr "Bruk tekstverktøyet på verktøylinja <emph>Teikning</emph>."
#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
msgstr "Bruka Fontwork. Du opnar Fontworkvindauget ved å trykkja på symbolet for Fontworkgalleriet på verktøylinja for teikning."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr "Setja inn, redigera og kopla tekstrammer"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstrammer; setja inn/redigera/lenkja</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigera;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endra storleik;tekstrammer, med mus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skalera; tekstrammer, med mus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lenkja;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstflyt; frå ramme til ramme</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; lenkja</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utskriving;gøyma tekst frå utskriving</bookmark_value>"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Setja inn, redigera og kopla tekstrammer</link></variable>"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
msgstr "Ei tekstramme kan innehalda tekst og bilete, og du kan plassera henne kvar som helst på ei side. Du kan også bruka ei ramme for å bruka eit spalteoppsett på ein tekst."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ei tekstramme"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149961\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr "Merk den teksten du vil skal vera med i ramma."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149602\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Ramme</emph> og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
msgstr "Slik redigerar du ei tekstramme"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
msgstr "For å redigera innhaldet i ei tekstramme, trykkjer du i henne, og gjer dei endringar du ønskjer."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156239\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
msgstr "For å redigera ei ramme, høgreklikk og vel formatinnstilling. Du kan også høgreklikka på den markerte ramma og velja <emph>Ramme</emph>."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156261\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
msgstr "Du endrar storleiken på ei tekstramme ved å klikka på ein kant eller eit hjørne av ramma og dra dit du ønskjer. Hald nede Shift-tasten for å behalda sideforholdet."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153386\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
msgstr "Slik gøymer du tekst ved utskriving"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr "Alle tekstrammer i Writer kan setjast i ein modus som viser teksten i dei på skjermen utan at han vert skriven ut."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr "Merk tekstramma (du ser dei åtte handtaka)."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Ramme og objekt → Eigenskapar → Val</emph>"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Fjern markeringa i avkryssingsfeltet <emph>Skriv ut</emph> i området <emph>Eigenskapar</emph> og trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
msgstr "Slik lenkjar du saman tekstrammer"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
msgstr "Du kan kopla saman tekstrammer i Writer, slik at innhaldet deira automatisk flyt frå den eine ramma til den andre."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3153025\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
msgstr "Trykk på kanten av den ramma du vil kopla. Markeringshandtak dukkar då opp på kantane av henne."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Klikk på symbolet <item type=\"menuitem\">Lenk rammer</item> <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Ikon</alt></image> på rada <item type=\"menuitem\">Rammer</item>."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150930\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr "Trykk på ramma du vil kopla til."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr "Du kan berre kopla rammer dersom"
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150969\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr "… målramma er tom."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154365\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr "… målramma ikkje er kopla til ei anna ramme."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr "Kjelde- og målrammene er i den same bolken. For eksempel kan du ikkje kopla saman ei topptekstramme med ei botntekstramme."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145559\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr "… kjelderamma ikkje har ei neste lenkje."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr "… mål- eller kjelderamme ikkje er ein del av kvarandre."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3151083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
msgstr "Når du vel ei kopla ramme, vert det vist ei linje som koplar saman dei to rammene."
#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id5853144\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
msgstr "Funksjonen automatisk storleik er tilgjengeg berre for den siste ramma i ei rad av lenkja rammer."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr "Navigera og merkja med tastaturet"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; navigera og markera med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>navigera; i tekst, med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>markera;tekst, med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur; navigera og markera i tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigera og merkja med tastaturet</link></variable>"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr "Du kan navigera gjennom eit dokument og merkja av med tastaturet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
msgstr "Trykk på tastane som er oppgjevne i tabellen nedanfor for å flytta skrivemerket."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571929\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr "For å merkja teikna under skrivemerket, hald nede Shift-tasten medan du flyttar det."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Tast"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Function"
msgstr "Funksjon"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156220\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<emph> + </emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Cmd</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl-tasten</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr "Pil høgre og venstre"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3150105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket eitt teikn til venstre eller høgre."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket eitt ord til venstre eller høgre."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr "Pil opp og ned"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket éi linje opp eller ned."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
msgstr "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command + Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl + Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Flytter det gjeldande avsnittet opp eller ned."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149871\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av den gjeldande linja."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149586\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "I ein tabell"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til byrjinga av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella. Trykk ein gong til for å flytta skrivemerket til den første cella i tabellen. Trykk endå ein gong for å flytta skrivemerket til byrjinga av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "End"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153372\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av den gjeldande linja."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154235\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "End"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "I ein tabell"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155894\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til slutten av innhaldet i den gjeldande cella. Trykk ein gong til for å flytta skrivemerket til den siste cella i tabellen. Trykk endå ein gong for å flytta skrivemerket til slutten av dokumentet."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155944\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr "Page Up"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr "Rullar éi side opp."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148701\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til toppteksten."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr "Page Down"
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153018\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr "Rullar éi side ned."
#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr "Flyttar skrivemerket til botnteksten."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr "Rotera tekst"
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; rotera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rotera; tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotera tekst</link></variable>"
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3147410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr "Du kan berre rotera tekst som er ein del av eit teikneobjekt."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3153130\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Verktøylinjer → Teikning</item> for å opna verktøylinja for <item type=\"menuitem\">Teikning</item>."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Trykk på ikonet <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Ikon</alt></image>."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149590\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr "Dra i dokumentet for å teikna tekstobjektet, og skriv deretter inn teksten."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154415\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
msgstr "Klikk først utanfor objektet og deretter på teksten du skreiv inn. Klikk på symboet <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Roter</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Ikon</alt></image> på verktøylinja for <item type=\"menuitem\">Innstillingar for teikneobjekt</item>."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr "Dra i eit av hjørnehandtaka på tekstobjektet."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr "Du kan også høgreklikka på tekstobjektet og velja <emph>Plassering og storleik</emph>, klikka på fana <emph>Rotasjon</emph> og skriva inn rotasjonsvinkelen eller ei ny plassering av objektet."
#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Vis teiknefunksjonar</link>"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr "Setja inn eit heilt tekstdokument"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bolkar;setja inn eksternt innhald</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstdokument;slå saman</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lekjer;setja inn tekstdokument som</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>setja inn;tekstdokument</bookmark_value>"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Setja inn eit heilt tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id1812799\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
msgstr "Slik set du inn ei tekstfil"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn fila."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Fil</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149839\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Finn biletfila du vil setja inn og trykk på <emph>Opna</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3148858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
msgstr "Innhaldet i tekstdokumentet vert innebygd i det gjeldande dokumentet. Det vert ikkje oppdatert dersom kildefilen vert endra. Dersom du vil at innhaldet skal verta oppdatert automatisk når du endrar kjeldedokumentet, så set du inn fila som ei lenkje."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr "Slik set du inn eit helt tekstdokument som lenkje"
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "Plasser skrivemerket på den staden i dokumentet der du vil setja inn fila."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn → Bolk</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
msgstr "Skriv eit namn i feltet <emph>Ny bolk</emph> og merk av i avkryssingsboksen <emph>Lenkje</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button and locate the file."
msgstr "Skriv namnet på fila du vil setja inn i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Filnamn</item> eller klikk på bla-knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">…</item> for å finna fila."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
msgstr "Viss måldokumentet inneheld bolkar, kan du markera bolken som du vil setja inn i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Bolkar</item>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr "Dersom du ønskjer det, kan du velja formateringsinnstillingar for bolken."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149862\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Set inn</emph>."
#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
msgstr "I $[officename] vert innhaldet i den innsette bolken opdatert automatisk når kjeldedokumentet vert endra. For å oppdatera innhaldet i bolken manuelt, vel du <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Oppdater alt</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "Orddeling"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>orddeling;manuell/automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deling, sjå orddeling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatisk orddeling i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuell orddeling i tekst</bookmark_value>"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Orddeling</link></variable>"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:"
msgstr "Som standard flyttar $[officename] ord som det ikkje er plass til på ei linje til den neste linja. Dersom du vil, kan du bruka automatisk eller manuell orddeling for å unngå denne oppførselen:"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155864\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
msgstr "Automatisk orddeling"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3147414\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
msgstr "Automatisk orddeling set inn bindestrekar der det er nødvendig i eit avsnitt. Denne innstillinga er berre tilgjengeleg for avsnittsstilar og enkeltavsnitt."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
msgstr "Slik set du automatisk orddeling i eit avsnitt"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3148850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk i eit avsnitt og vel <emph>Avsnitt</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Klikk på fana <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Tekstflyt</emph></link>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
msgstr "Merk avkryssningsfeltet <emph>Automatisk</emph> i området <emph>Orddeling</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153121\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
msgstr "Slik set du inn automatisk orddeling i fleire avsnitt"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
msgstr "Dersom du vil bruka automatisk orddeling i meir enn eitt avsnitt, kan du bruka ein avsnittsstil."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Kryss for eksempel av for automatisk orddeling i avsnittsstilen <emph>Standard</emph> og bruk deretter stilen på dei avsnitta du vil ha automatisk orddeling i."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Stilhandsamar</emph> og klikk på knappen <emph>Avsnittsstilar</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil ha orddeling i og vel deretter <emph>Endra</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145106\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
msgstr "Klikk på fana for tekstflyt."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
msgstr "Marker avkryssningsfeltet <emph>Automatisk</emph> i området <emph>Orddeling</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Bruk stilen på dei avsnitta du vil ha automatisk orddeling i."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145417\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr "Manuell orddeling"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr "Du kan setja inn ein bindestrek der du vil på ei linje, eller la $[officename] søkja etter ord som bør delast, og deretter føreslå ei orddeling."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id6587651\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
msgstr "Slik delar du einskildord manuelt"
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
msgstr "For snøgt å setja inn ein bindestrek, trykk på den staden i ordet der du vil leggja han til, og trykk deretter på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ Bindestrek (-)."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154244\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
msgstr "Viss du set inn ein bindestrek manuelt i eit ord, vert ordet delt berre ved den manuelle bindestreken. Det vert ikkje utført anna orddeling på dette ordet. Eit ord med manuell bindestrek vert orddelt utan omsyn til innstillingane i fana <emph>Tekstflyt</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154847\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
msgstr "Slik set du inn manuell ordeling i ei markering "
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Vel den teksten du vil ha orddeling i."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Språk → Orddeling</emph>."
#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Tekstflyt</link>"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr "Leggja til ei punktliste"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>punktlister;slå på og av</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>avsnitt; punktlista</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>punktteikn;leggja til og redigera</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatera;punktteikn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerna;punktteikn i tekstdokument</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endra;punktteiknssymbol</bookmark_value>"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Leggja til ei punktliste</link></variable>"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3291116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Bullets"
msgstr "Slik legg du til punktteikn"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr "Merk dei avsnitta du vil leggja til på punktlista."
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Klikk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Punktmerking på/av</item> <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Ikon</alt></image> på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>."
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "Du fjernar punktteikna ved å merka det punktmerkte avsnittet og trykkja på knappen <emph>Punktmerking på/av</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Formatering</emph>."
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format Bullets"
msgstr "Slik formaterar du punktteikn"
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
msgstr "For å endra formateringa av punktmerkinga, vel du <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item>."
#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> button next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area."
msgstr "Om du for eksempel vil bruka eit anna punktteikn, klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Innstillingar</item> og deretter på bla-knappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) like ved <item type=\"menuitem\">Teikn</item> og vel teiknet du vil bruka. Du kan også klikka på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Bilete</item> og velja ein symbolstil i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Utval</item>."
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr "Leggja til nummerering"
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;avsnitt, av og på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnitt;nummerering av/på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;nummererte lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>setja inn;nummerering</bookmark_value>"
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Leggja til nummerering</link></variable>"
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id4188970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
msgstr "Slik legg du til nummerering i ei liste"
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "Merk avsnitta du vil leggja til nummerering i."
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Klikk på symbolet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering av/på</item> <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Ikon</alt></image> på verktøylinja <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>."
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "Du endrar formateringa og hierarkiet for ei nummerert liste ved å klikka i lista og så opna verktøylinja <emph>Punkt og nummerering</emph>."
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153365\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "For å fjerna nummereringa, merk dei nummererte avsnitta og klikk på symbolet <emph>Nummerering av/på</emph> på verktøylinja <emph>Formatering</emph>."
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154233\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
msgstr "Slik formaterar du ei nummerert liste"
#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Du kan endra formateringa for ei nummerert liste frå menyen <emph>Format → Punkt og nummerering</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr "Nummerering og nummereringsstilar"
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; manuelt/med stilar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuell nummerering i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avsnittsstilar;nummerering</bookmark_value>"
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Nummerering og nummereringsstilar</link> </variable>"
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr "Du kan leggja til nummerering av eit avsnitt manuelt eller med ein avsnittsstil."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id6140629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
msgstr "Slik set du inn nummerering manuelt"
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
msgstr "For å setja inn nummerering manuelt, klikk først på avsnittet, deretter på <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering av/på</item> på <item type=\"menuitem\">Formateringslinja</item>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan ikkje bruka manuell nummerering i avsnitt som er lista opp i <emph>Spesialstilar</emph> i <emph>Stilhandsamaren</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10711\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
msgstr "Når du trykkjer Enter i ei nummer- eller punktliste, vil <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatisk nummerera det neste avsnittet. For å fjerna talet eller punktet frå det nye avsnittet, trykkjer du Enter igjen."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr "For å endra det hierarkiske nivået for eit punktteikn i ei liste, trykkjer du framføre avsnittet og deretter på Tabulatortasten."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "Om du vil endra nummererings- eller punktteiknformatet berre for det gjeldande avsnittet, marker ein bokstav eller eit ord i avsnittet og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item> og klikk på eit nytt format."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10733\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "Om du vil endra nummererings- eller punktteiknformatet for alle avsnitta i lista, sjå etter at markøren er i lista og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item> og klikk på eit nytt format."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10737\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
msgstr "Om du vil bruka det same nummererings- eller punktteiknformatet for alle avsnitta i lista, marker alle avsnitta og vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Format → Punkt og nummerering</item> og klikk på eit nytt format."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1073A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
msgstr "Du kan også bruka kommandoane i verktøylinja <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Punkt og nummerering</link> for å redigera ei punktliste. For å endra formatet for nummereringa eller punkta, trykk på knappen <emph>Punkt og nummerering</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
msgstr "Slik bruker du nummerering i ein avsnittsstil"
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153137\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr "Avsnittsstilar gjev deg større kontroll over nummereringa du bruker i eit dokument. Når du endrar nummereringsformat på stilen, vert alle avsnitta som bruker han automatisk oppdaterte."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149646\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis → Stilhandsamar</item> og trykk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Avsnittsstilar</item>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149599\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Høgreklikk på avsnittsstilen du vil leggja til nummerering for og trykk deretter <emph>Endra</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab."
msgstr "Klikk på fana <item type=\"menuitem\">Disposisjon og nummerering</item>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149874\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
msgstr "Vel nummereringstype i nedtrekkslista <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummereringsstil</item>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149589\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "Bruk stilen på dei avsnitta du vil leggja til nummerering i."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr "Synonymordbok"
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>synonymordbok; relaterte ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relaterte ord i synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>staving i synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordbøker; synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>leksikon, sjå synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synonym i synonymordbok</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søkjing;synonym</bookmark_value>"
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Synonymordbok</link></variable>"
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
msgstr "Du kan bruka synonymordboka til oppslag av synonym og relaterte ord."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
msgstr "Trykk på ordet du vil slå opp."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Verktøy → Språk → Synonymordliste</emph> eller trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + F7."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
msgstr "Klikk i lista over alternative ord på oppføringa som skal kopierast til tekstfeltet «Byt med». "
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
msgstr "Du kan også dobbeltklikka på ei oppføring for å slå opp liknande uttrykk. På tastaturet kan du bruka Pil opp og Pil ned for å velja i lista og deretter trykkja Enter-tasten for å setja inn oppføringa, eller trykke mellomromstasten for å søkja etter andre uttrykk. "
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3156263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
msgstr "Dersom du bruker ei anna språkinnstilling på enkelte ord eller avsnitt, vert synonymordboka for språket i teksten brukt."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"https://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
msgstr ""
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3196263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
msgstr "Viss det er installert synonymordliste for det språket ordet høyrer til, vil høgreklikkmenyen for ordet visa undermenyen «Synonym». Bruk eventuelt eitt av forslaga i undermenyen i staden for det opphavlege ordet."
#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3154392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Synonymordbok</link>"
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "Fullføring av ord i tekstdokument"
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatisk ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fullføring av ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Autoretting-funksjonen; ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordfullføring;bruka/slå av</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;ordfullføringe</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå av;ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>negta ordfullføring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>avvisa ordfullføring</bookmark_value>"
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Fullføring av ord i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1076F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word."
msgstr "$[officename] lagrar dei orda du bruker ofte i den noverande økta. Når du seinare skriv dei tre første bokstavane (eller fleire) i eit lagra ord, vil $[officename] automatisk fullføra ordet."
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
msgstr "Viss det finst meir enn eitt ord i autorettingsminnet som høver med dei tre bokstavane du har skrive inn, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Tabulator for å sjå gjennom lista etter passande ord. Ønskjer du å leita bakover i lista, trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Cmd</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + Tabulator."
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1078D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
msgstr "Slik godtar eller avviser du autofullføring av eit ord"
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key."
msgstr "Som standard godtek du ei ordfullføring ved å trykkja på Enter."
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key."
msgstr "For å avvisa ei ordfullføring, held du berre fram med å skriva."
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion"
msgstr "Slik slår du av autofullføring av ord"
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>."
msgstr "Vel <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Autoretting → Innstillingar for autoretting → Fullføring av ord</item>."
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107AD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> ."
msgstr "Fjern markeringa for <emph>Slå på fullføring av ord</emph>."
#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id7504806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Finjustera fullføring av ord</link>"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "Finjustera fullføring av ord i tekstdokument"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>innstillingar;ordfullføring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ordfullføring;innstillingar</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstdokument;innstillingar for ordfullføring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>vegedagar; automatisk fullføring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>månadar; automatisk fullføring</bookmark_value>"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"hd_id4745017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Finjustering av ordfullføringa i tekstdokument</link></variable>"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id4814294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
msgstr "Ønskjer du at $[officename] automatisk skal fullføra ord du ofte bruker, kan du tilpassa denne funksjonen etter eigne behov. Du kan også lagra den gjeldande lista med oppsamla ord slik at du kan bruka ho i neste økt."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2593462\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
msgstr "For å fininnstilla ordfullføringa vel du <item type=\"menuitem\">Verktøy → Innstillingar for autoretting → Fullføring av ord</item> og vel ein av desse:"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
msgstr "Slik set du inn eit ekstra mellomrom"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B03\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Legg til mellomrom</emph>."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B0E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
msgstr "Mellomromsteiknet vert lagt til etter du har skrive det første teiknet i ordet som kjem etter det automatisk fullførte ordet. Mellomromsteiknet vert ikkje lagt til dersom det neste teiknet er eit skiljeteikn, som for eksempel eit punktum eller eit linjeskift."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CC\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
msgstr "Slik definerar du godta-tasten"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
msgstr "Vel tasten du skal bruka for å godkjenna ordforslaget i nedtrekkslista <emph>Godta med</emph>."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
msgstr "Slik bestemmer du det minste talet på teikn"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
msgstr "Bruk feltet <emph>Minste ordlengd</emph> for å setja kor mange teikn eit ord må ha for å verta registrert i lista."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
msgstr "Slik bestemmer du omfanget av innsamla ord"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B4C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
msgstr "Fjern merkinga framføre <emph>Fjern orda som er samla frå dokumentet frå lista når du lukkar dokumentet</emph>."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr "No gjeld lista også i andre dokument du opnar. Når du lukkar det siste %PRODUCTNAME-dokumentet, vert ordlista sletta."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
msgstr "Dersom du ikkje kryssar av for dette, gjeld lista berre så lenge det gjeldande dokumentet er ope."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2634968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr "Dersom du vil at ordlista skal eksistera lenger enn i den gjeldande %PRODUCTNAME-økta, kan du lagra henne som eit dokument. Dette er skildra i det følgjande avsnittet."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
msgstr "Slik bruker du ordlista for fleire økter"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B94\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
msgstr "Dersom innstillinga for automatisk stavekontroll slått på, er det berre dei orda som vert attkjende av stavekontrollen som vert lagra."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
msgstr "Bruka ordlista til alltid å byrja med ei viss mengd tekniske omgrep til ordfullføring."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
msgstr "Opna tekstdokumentet som inneheld dei orda du vil bruka i ordfullføringa."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BAB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
msgstr "Ordfullføringsfunksjonen lagrar orda."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107ED\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
msgstr "Vel alle eller nokre av orda på lista."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
msgstr "Trykk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+ C for å kopiera alle dei valde orda til utklippstavla. Set så innhaldet på utklippstavla inn i eit nytt dokument og lagra det for å få ei liste over lagra ord."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BC6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
msgstr "Seinare kan du opna denne lista og automatisk lagra orda, slik at ordfullføringa startar med ei viss mengd ord på førehand."
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10809\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Fullføring av ord</link>"
#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id5458845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Bruka fullføring av ord</link>"
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr "Telje ord"
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ords; telje i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tal på ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dokument; tal på ord/teikn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; tal på ord/teikn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>teikn; telja</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tal på teikn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>telja ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordteljing</bookmark_value>"
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Telje ord</link></variable>"
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN105D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
msgstr "Talet på ord og teikn vert vist på statuslinja og vert oppdatert etter kvart som du skriv."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr "Dersom du berre vil telja noko av teksten i dokumentet, merkar du denne teksten."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3149821\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
msgstr "For å visa meir statistikk, som talet på teikn utanom mellomromma, dobbeltklikk på ordteljinga på statuslinja og vel <emph>Verktøy → Ordteljing</emph>."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id1116200901133957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
msgstr "Korleis tel %PRODUCTNAME ord?"
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
msgstr "Til vanleg er kvar teiknstreng mellom to mellomrom eit ord. Også tankestrekar, linjeskift og avsnitt er avgrensingar mellom ord."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
msgstr "Ord som alltid inneheld ein synleg delestrek, som plug-in og neste/førre, vert rekna som eitt ord."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id111620090113399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
msgstr "Orda kan vera ei blanding av bokstavar, tal og spesialteikn. Den følgjande teksten vert såleis tald som fire ord: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id111620090113400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field."
msgstr "For å leggja til eit tilpassa teikn som skal brukast som ordskilje, vel <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME → Innstillingar</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Generelt</emph> og skriv inn ønskt skiljeteikn i feltet <emph>Fleire skiljeteikn</emph>."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
msgstr "For å få fleir statisiske opplysningar om dokumentet, vel <emph>Fil → Eigenskapar → Statistikk</emph> i filutforskaren."
#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">Fil → Eigenskapar → Statistikk</link>"
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr "Tekstbryting rundt objekt"
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154486\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstbryting rundt objekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>omrissredigering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>omrissbryting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; formatera rundt objekt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatera; omrissbryting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekt; omrissbryting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bryting av tekst;redigera omriss</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigeringsprogram;omrissredigering</bookmark_value>"
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154486\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter\">Tekstbryting av objekt</link></variable>"
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id4792321\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
msgstr "Slik tilpassar du teksten rundt eit objekt"
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3149696\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "Vel objektet."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Ramme og objekt → Eigenskapar</emph> og klikk på <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Bryt </emph></link> for å velja brytingsstilen du vil bruka."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr "Den gjeldande tekstbrytingsstilen vert vist med eit punkt."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149834\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr "Slik set du eigenskapane for teksttilpassing"
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "Vel objektet."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Vel <emph>Format → Ramme og objekt → Eigenskapar</emph> og klikk på fana <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Bryt </emph></link>."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153370\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr "Vel dei innstillingane du vil ha."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153386\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154247\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
msgstr "Slik endrar du tekstbrytingsomrisset for eit bilete"
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr "Du kan endra det omrisset teksten vert broten etter."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
msgstr "Merk det grafiske objektet og vel deretter <emph>Tekstbryting → Rediger omriss</emph>."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)."
msgstr "Bruk verktøya for å teikna eit nytt omriss og klikk på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Bruk</item> (grøn hake)."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window."
msgstr "Lukk vindauget <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger omriss</item>."
#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Omrissredigering</link>"
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink